1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
70 #include "dummy-frame.h"
74 /* readline include files */
75 #include "readline/readline.h"
76 #include "readline/history.h"
78 /* readline defines this. */
81 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
82 #include "extension.h"
84 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
85 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result
*,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct linespec_result
*,
121 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
122 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
124 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
125 int, int, int, unsigned);
127 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
128 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
130 static void clear_command (char *, int);
132 static void catch_command (char *, int);
134 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
136 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
138 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
140 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
142 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
143 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
144 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
146 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
148 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
149 struct symtab_and_line
,
151 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
153 static struct breakpoint
*
154 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
156 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
158 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
160 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
164 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
165 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
166 struct obj_section
*, int);
168 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
169 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
171 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
172 struct address_space
*aspace
,
175 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
177 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
179 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
180 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
182 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
184 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
186 static void commands_command (char *, int);
188 static void condition_command (char *, int);
197 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
198 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
200 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
202 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
204 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
206 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
208 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
210 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
212 int *other_type_used
);
214 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
216 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
218 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
221 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
223 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
225 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
227 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
231 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
232 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
233 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
235 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
237 static void update_global_location_list (int);
239 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
241 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
243 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
245 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
247 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
249 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
251 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
253 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
255 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
257 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
259 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
261 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
263 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
266 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
268 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
270 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
272 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
273 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
274 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
275 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
277 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
278 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
280 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
281 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
283 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
284 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
288 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
290 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
291 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
293 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
294 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
296 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
299 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
300 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
302 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
303 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
304 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
305 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
306 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
307 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
309 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
310 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
311 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
312 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
318 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
320 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
321 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
322 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
323 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
325 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
327 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
328 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
329 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
330 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
331 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
332 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
333 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
335 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
337 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
339 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
341 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
342 breakpoints share a single command list. */
343 struct counted_command_line
345 /* The reference count. */
348 /* The command list. */
349 struct command_line
*commands
;
352 struct command_line
*
353 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
355 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
358 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
359 current breakpoint. */
361 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
364 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
366 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
367 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
369 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
371 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
374 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
375 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
376 if such is available. */
377 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
380 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
381 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
384 fprintf_filtered (file
,
385 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
386 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
390 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
391 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
392 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
393 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
394 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
396 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
397 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
400 fprintf_filtered (file
,
401 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
402 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
406 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
407 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
408 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
409 use hardware breakpoints. */
410 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
412 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
413 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
416 fprintf_filtered (file
,
417 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
421 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
422 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
423 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
424 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
425 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
427 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
430 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
431 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
433 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
434 fprintf_filtered (file
,
435 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
436 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
438 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
440 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
445 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
447 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
448 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
451 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
453 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
454 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
455 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
456 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
457 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
458 condition_evaluation_auto
,
459 condition_evaluation_host
,
460 condition_evaluation_target
,
464 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
465 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
467 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
468 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
469 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
471 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
472 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
473 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
477 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
479 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
481 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
482 return condition_evaluation_target
;
484 return condition_evaluation_host
;
490 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
493 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
495 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
498 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
502 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
504 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
506 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
509 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
511 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
512 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
514 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
515 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
517 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
518 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
520 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
521 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
522 current breakpoint. */
524 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
526 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
527 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
528 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
531 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
532 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
533 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
535 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
536 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
537 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
540 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
541 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
542 to where the loop should start from.
543 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
544 appropriate location to start with. */
546 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
547 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
548 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
550 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
551 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
554 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
556 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
557 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
558 if (is_tracepoint (B))
560 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
562 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
564 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
566 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
568 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
570 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
572 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
573 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
574 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
575 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
576 an address you need to read. */
578 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
580 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
581 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
582 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
583 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
584 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
588 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
589 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
591 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
593 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
595 static int breakpoint_count
;
597 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
598 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
599 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
600 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
601 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
603 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
605 static int tracepoint_count
;
607 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
608 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
609 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
611 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
613 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
615 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
618 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
621 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
623 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
624 breakpoint_count
= num
;
625 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
628 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
629 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
630 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
632 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
636 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
638 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
641 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
645 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
647 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
650 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
653 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
655 struct breakpoint
*b
;
661 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
662 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
664 static struct counted_command_line
*
665 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
667 struct counted_command_line
*result
668 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
671 result
->commands
= commands
;
675 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
678 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
684 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
685 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
686 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
689 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
693 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
695 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
702 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
705 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
707 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
710 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
713 static struct cleanup
*
714 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
716 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
720 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
721 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
724 get_breakpoint (int num
)
726 struct breakpoint
*b
;
729 if (b
->number
== num
)
737 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
738 evaluating conditions on its side. */
741 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
743 struct bp_location
*loc
;
745 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
746 evaluating conditions and if the user has
747 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
749 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
750 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
753 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
756 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
757 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
760 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
761 evaluating conditions on its side. */
764 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
766 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
767 evaluating conditions and if the user has
768 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
770 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
771 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
775 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
778 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
781 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
782 condition_evaluation_mode. */
785 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
786 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
788 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
790 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
791 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
793 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
794 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
795 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
799 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
800 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
802 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
803 settings was "auto". */
804 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
806 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
807 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
809 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
810 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
811 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
813 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
814 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
817 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
819 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
821 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
822 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
826 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
827 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
828 target knows about. */
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
830 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
831 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
835 update_global_location_list (1);
841 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
842 what "auto" is translating to. */
845 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
846 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
848 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
849 fprintf_filtered (file
,
850 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
851 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
853 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
855 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
859 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
860 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
861 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
864 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
866 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
867 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
869 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
872 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
875 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
876 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
877 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
880 static struct bp_location
**
881 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
883 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
884 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
885 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
887 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
888 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
889 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
891 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
892 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
893 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
894 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
896 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
897 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
900 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
901 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
902 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
903 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
910 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
913 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
914 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
916 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
918 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
925 struct bp_location
*loc
;
927 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
932 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
933 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
934 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
941 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
945 const char *arg
= exp
;
947 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
948 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
949 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
950 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
952 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
954 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
956 innermost_block
= NULL
;
958 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
960 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
961 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
965 struct bp_location
*loc
;
967 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
971 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
972 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
974 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
978 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
980 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
983 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
985 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
986 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
987 const char *text
, const char *word
)
991 text
= skip_spaces_const (text
);
992 space
= skip_to_space_const (text
);
996 struct breakpoint
*b
;
997 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1001 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1002 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1004 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1007 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1008 len
= strlen (text
);
1014 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1016 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1017 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (number
));
1023 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1024 text
= skip_spaces_const (space
);
1025 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1028 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1031 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1033 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1038 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1041 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1043 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1046 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1048 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
1049 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
1050 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1051 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
1052 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
1054 if (extlang
!= NULL
)
1056 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
1057 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
1058 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
1060 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1062 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1063 update_global_location_list (1);
1068 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1071 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1072 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1073 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1076 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1078 struct command_line
*c
;
1080 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1084 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1085 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1086 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1088 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1089 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1091 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1092 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1093 command directly. */
1094 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1095 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1097 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1098 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1102 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1105 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1107 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1108 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1109 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1113 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1115 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1118 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1119 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1123 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1124 struct command_line
*commands
)
1126 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1128 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1129 struct command_line
*c
;
1130 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1132 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1133 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1137 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1138 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1139 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1140 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1141 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1142 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1143 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1144 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1145 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1146 tracepoint's context. */
1147 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1149 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1151 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1152 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1153 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1154 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1159 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1160 "can be used only once"));
1165 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1169 struct command_line
*c2
;
1171 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1172 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1173 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1175 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1176 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1182 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1186 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1187 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1190 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1192 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1193 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1194 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1197 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1199 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1200 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1201 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1207 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1208 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1211 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1212 struct command_line
*commands
)
1214 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1216 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1217 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1218 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1221 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1222 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1226 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1228 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1231 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1232 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1235 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1236 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1239 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1241 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1244 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1245 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1248 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1249 breakpoint work for any task. */
1252 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1254 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1257 if (old_task
!= task
)
1258 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1262 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1264 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1266 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1269 /* A structure used to pass information through
1270 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1272 struct commands_info
1274 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1277 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1280 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1281 already-parsed command. */
1282 struct command_line
*control
;
1284 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1286 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1289 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1290 commands_command. */
1293 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1295 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1297 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1299 struct command_line
*l
;
1301 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1302 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1305 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1308 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1309 "%s, one per line."),
1312 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1314 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1317 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1323 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1326 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1328 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1330 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1331 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1332 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1333 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1334 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1339 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1340 struct command_line
*control
)
1342 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1343 struct commands_info info
;
1345 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1346 info
.control
= control
;
1348 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1349 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1350 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1352 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1354 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1355 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1357 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1358 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1361 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1362 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1363 numbers will fail in this case. */
1368 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1370 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1373 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1377 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1379 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1380 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1382 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1386 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1388 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1391 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1392 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1394 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1395 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1396 enum command_control_type
1397 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1399 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1400 return simple_control
;
1403 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1406 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1408 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1412 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1413 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1418 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1419 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1422 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1423 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1424 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1427 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1428 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1429 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1430 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1431 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1433 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1434 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1438 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1439 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1441 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1445 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1447 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1448 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1450 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1452 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1457 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1459 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1464 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1465 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1467 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1468 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1469 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1473 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1475 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1476 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1479 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1481 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1482 shadow_contents buffer. */
1483 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1484 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1485 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1487 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1489 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1490 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1494 const unsigned char *bp
;
1495 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1496 int placed_size
= target_info
->placed_size
;
1498 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1499 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1500 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1502 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1504 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1506 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1507 breakpoint's INSN. */
1508 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1512 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1513 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1515 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1516 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1517 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1519 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1520 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1521 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1522 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1523 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1524 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1525 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1526 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1528 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1531 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1532 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1533 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1535 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1537 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1540 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1541 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1542 report higher one. */
1545 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1546 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1548 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1550 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1551 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1553 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1554 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1555 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1556 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1558 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1559 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1560 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1562 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1564 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1571 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1572 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1573 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1574 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1575 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1578 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1580 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1581 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1582 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1585 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1588 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1590 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1592 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1593 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1597 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1598 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1599 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1602 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1605 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1606 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1607 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1610 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1613 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1614 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1617 /* Now process single-step breakpoints. These are not found in the
1618 bp_location array. */
1619 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
1621 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
1625 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= single_step_gdbarch
[i
];
1627 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1628 memaddr
, len
, bp_tgt
, gdbarch
);
1635 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1639 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1641 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1642 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1643 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1646 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1649 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1651 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1652 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1653 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1656 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1660 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1662 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1663 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1666 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1667 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1668 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1669 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1670 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1671 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1672 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1673 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1676 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1678 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1679 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1680 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1681 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1684 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1685 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1688 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1690 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1692 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1694 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1695 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1696 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1697 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1698 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1700 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1703 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1704 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1705 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1706 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1708 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1710 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1711 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1714 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1715 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1716 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1717 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1718 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1719 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1720 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1721 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1723 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1724 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1725 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1726 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1727 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1728 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1729 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1730 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1733 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1734 hardware watchpoints:
1736 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1737 called several times when GDB stops.
1740 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1741 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1742 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1743 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1744 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1745 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1746 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1747 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1748 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1749 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1750 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1752 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1753 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1756 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1758 int within_current_scope
;
1759 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1762 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1763 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1764 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1765 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1768 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1773 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1774 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1775 within_current_scope
= 1;
1778 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1779 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1780 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1782 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1783 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1784 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1785 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1788 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1789 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1790 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1791 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1794 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1796 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1797 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1798 if (within_current_scope
)
1802 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1803 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1804 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1807 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1816 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1817 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1818 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1819 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1820 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1821 be completely different objects. */
1822 value_free (b
->val
);
1826 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1827 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1828 locations (re)created below. */
1829 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1831 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1833 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1837 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1838 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1842 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1843 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1844 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1845 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1846 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1847 if (!target_has_execution
)
1849 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1850 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1851 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1852 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1854 if (b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1855 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1857 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1858 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1861 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1864 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1865 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1867 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
, 0);
1869 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1870 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1871 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1872 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1873 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1875 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1881 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1883 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1884 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1886 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1887 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1888 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1889 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1890 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1891 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1892 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1894 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1896 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1897 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1898 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1900 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1901 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1905 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1907 addr
= value_address (v
);
1909 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1911 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1914 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1915 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1918 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1920 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1921 loc
->address
= addr
;
1922 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1923 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1928 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1929 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1930 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1935 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1936 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1938 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1942 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1945 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1946 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1947 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1949 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1950 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1951 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1952 this watchpoint in as well. */
1954 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1955 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1956 hardware watchpoint type. */
1957 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1958 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1959 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1961 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1962 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1963 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1964 through watch_command), so always account for it
1967 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1968 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1970 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1971 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1974 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1975 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1977 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1979 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1980 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1981 "hardware watchpoint."));
1982 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1983 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1984 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1986 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1987 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1991 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1992 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1993 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1995 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1998 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
2000 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2001 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2002 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2004 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2005 "read/access watchpoint."));
2008 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2010 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2011 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2012 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
2013 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2016 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
2018 next
= value_next (v
);
2023 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2024 above left it without any location set up. But,
2025 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2026 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2027 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
2029 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
2030 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
2031 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
2032 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
2033 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
2034 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
2037 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2039 printf_filtered (_("\
2040 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2041 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2043 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2046 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2048 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2052 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2053 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2054 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2055 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2056 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2058 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2060 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2063 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2066 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2069 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2072 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2073 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2074 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2075 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2076 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2077 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2078 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2079 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2080 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2083 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2085 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2086 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2087 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2094 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2095 that the location is not duplicated. */
2098 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2101 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2104 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2105 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2109 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2110 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2111 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2112 any error during parsing. */
2114 static struct agent_expr
*
2115 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2117 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2118 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2123 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2124 that may show up. */
2125 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2127 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2132 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2133 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2134 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2138 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2142 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2143 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2144 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2145 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2146 one of them is true. */
2149 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2151 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2152 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2153 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2154 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2156 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2157 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
);
2159 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2160 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2161 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2163 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2164 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2167 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2168 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2169 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2170 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2171 response back to GDB. */
2172 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2175 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2179 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2181 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2182 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2183 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2184 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2185 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2186 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2188 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2189 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2195 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2196 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2197 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2199 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2205 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2206 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2207 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2209 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2210 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2211 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2213 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2216 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2218 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2220 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2223 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2224 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2229 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2230 for this location's address. */
2231 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2235 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2236 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2237 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2239 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2240 conditions to the target. */
2241 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2242 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2248 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2249 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2250 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2252 static struct agent_expr
*
2253 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2255 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2256 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2257 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2258 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2259 const char *cmdrest
;
2260 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2261 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2263 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2270 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2272 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2274 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2275 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2277 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2279 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2281 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2283 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2285 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2286 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2288 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2290 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2291 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2293 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2295 cmdrest
= skip_spaces_const (cmdrest
);
2297 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2299 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2300 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2303 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2308 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2309 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2311 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2315 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2316 that may show up. */
2317 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2319 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2320 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2321 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2324 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2328 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2329 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2330 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2334 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2338 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2339 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2340 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2343 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2345 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2346 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2347 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2348 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2350 /* Release commands left over from a previous insert. */
2351 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
);
2353 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2354 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2355 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2358 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2361 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2362 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2363 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2364 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2365 response back to GDB. */
2366 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2369 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2373 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2375 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2376 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2377 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2378 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2379 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2380 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2381 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2387 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2388 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2389 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2391 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2397 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2399 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2401 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2404 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2405 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2407 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2409 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2412 free_agent_expr (loc
->cmd_bytecode
);
2413 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= NULL
;
2418 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2419 for this location's address. */
2420 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2423 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2424 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2425 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2426 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2428 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2429 to send the commands to the target. */
2430 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2434 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2435 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2436 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2437 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2440 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2441 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2442 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2443 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2446 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2447 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2449 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2450 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2451 int *disabled_breaks
,
2452 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2453 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2455 enum errors bp_err
= GDB_NO_ERROR
;
2456 const char *bp_err_message
= NULL
;
2457 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
2459 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2462 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2463 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2464 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2465 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2466 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2467 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2468 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2469 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2470 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2471 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2472 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2473 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2475 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2476 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2477 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2478 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2480 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2482 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2483 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2484 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2485 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2488 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2489 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2491 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2493 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2494 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2495 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2497 Two important cases are:
2498 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2499 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2500 hardware breakpoint.
2501 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2502 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2503 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2506 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2507 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2508 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2509 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2511 struct mem_region
*mr
2512 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2516 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2518 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2520 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2521 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2523 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2525 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2527 static int said
= 0;
2529 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2532 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2533 _("Note: automatically using "
2534 "hardware breakpoints for "
2535 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2540 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2541 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2542 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2543 "at readonly address %s"),
2544 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2548 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2549 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2550 || bl
->section
== NULL
2551 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2553 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2554 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2558 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2560 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2565 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2570 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2571 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2572 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2574 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2575 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2576 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2577 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2578 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2582 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2584 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2585 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2586 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2588 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2589 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2593 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2594 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2596 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2601 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2604 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2605 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2606 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2607 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2611 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2612 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2614 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2615 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2619 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2621 bp_err
= GENERIC_ERROR
;
2626 bp_err_message
= e
.message
;
2631 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2632 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2637 if (bp_err
!= GDB_NO_ERROR
)
2639 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2641 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2642 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2643 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2644 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2645 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2646 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2647 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2648 errors as memory errors. */
2649 if ((bp_err
== GENERIC_ERROR
|| bp_err
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2650 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2651 && solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2653 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2654 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2655 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2656 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2658 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2659 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2661 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2662 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2663 "library breakpoints:\n");
2665 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2666 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2667 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2672 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2674 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2675 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_err_message
!= NULL
;
2676 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2677 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2678 bl
->owner
->number
, bp_err_message
? ":" : ".\n");
2679 if (bp_err_message
!= NULL
)
2680 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", bp_err_message
);
2684 if (bp_err_message
== NULL
)
2687 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2688 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2689 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
2691 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2692 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2694 bl
->owner
->number
, message
);
2695 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
2699 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2700 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2715 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2716 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2717 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2718 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2722 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2723 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2725 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2727 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2728 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2729 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2731 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2733 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2734 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2736 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2738 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2739 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2743 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2744 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2751 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2752 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2755 /* Back to the original value. */
2756 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2760 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2763 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2767 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2768 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2770 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2773 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2777 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2778 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2780 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2783 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2785 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2786 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2787 so just return success. */
2794 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2795 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2799 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2801 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2802 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2804 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2805 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2807 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2808 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2811 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2812 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2813 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2815 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2817 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2819 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2820 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2821 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2823 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2824 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2826 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2832 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2833 removed locations above. */
2834 update_global_location_list (0);
2837 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2838 Throws exception on any error.
2839 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2840 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2842 insert_breakpoints (void)
2844 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2846 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2847 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2849 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2851 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2854 update_global_location_list (1);
2856 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2857 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2859 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2860 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2863 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2866 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2868 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2870 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2872 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2876 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2877 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2878 always-inserted mode. */
2881 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2883 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2886 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2887 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2888 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2890 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2891 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2893 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2894 there was an error. */
2895 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2897 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2899 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2901 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2903 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2906 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2907 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2908 deletion of breakpoints. */
2909 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2912 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2914 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2915 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2916 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2917 insert breakpoints. */
2918 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2919 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2922 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2923 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2930 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2931 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2934 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2937 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2940 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2942 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2943 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2946 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2947 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2948 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2950 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2951 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2953 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2954 there was an error. */
2955 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2957 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2959 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2961 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2964 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2965 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2966 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2967 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2968 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2971 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2973 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2974 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2975 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2976 insert breakpoints. */
2977 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2978 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2981 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2982 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2987 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2988 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2989 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2991 int some_failed
= 0;
2992 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2994 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2997 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3000 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3003 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3004 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3011 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3013 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
3015 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3016 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3017 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3025 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3026 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3027 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3029 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
3030 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3031 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3033 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
3034 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3037 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
3040 /* Used when the program stops.
3041 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3042 removing a breakpoint location. */
3045 remove_breakpoints (void)
3047 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3050 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3052 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3053 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3058 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3062 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3064 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3066 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3068 if (b
->thread
== tp
->num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3070 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3072 printf_filtered (_("\
3073 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %d no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3074 b
->number
, tp
->num
);
3076 /* Hide it from the user. */
3082 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
3085 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
3087 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3089 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3091 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3093 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3096 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
3101 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
3110 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
3112 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3113 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3115 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
3116 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
3117 struct inferior
*inf
;
3118 struct thread_info
*tp
;
3120 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
3124 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
3125 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3127 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
3129 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
3130 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
3132 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3134 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3140 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
3143 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3148 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3152 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3154 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3155 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3156 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3157 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3158 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3159 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3161 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3164 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3167 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3168 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3172 static struct breakpoint
*
3173 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3174 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3175 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3177 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3178 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3180 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3183 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3184 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3186 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3187 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3188 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3193 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3195 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3197 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3199 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3200 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3202 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3203 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3205 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3206 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3208 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3209 int longjmp_searched
;
3211 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3212 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3214 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3215 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3217 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3218 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3220 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3221 int exception_searched
;
3223 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3224 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3227 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3229 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3230 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3232 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3235 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3237 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3240 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3241 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3243 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3244 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3246 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3248 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3249 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3251 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3252 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3254 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3255 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3257 return bp_objfile_data
;
3261 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3263 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3265 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3266 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3270 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3272 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3273 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3275 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3277 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3278 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3281 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3283 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3286 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3288 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3290 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3291 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3293 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3294 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3297 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3300 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3301 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3303 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3304 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3306 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3308 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3309 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3313 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3314 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3317 update_global_location_list (1);
3321 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3323 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3324 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3326 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3328 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3330 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3332 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3334 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3337 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3338 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3340 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3342 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3344 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3348 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3351 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3352 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3354 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3356 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3357 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3358 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3362 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3363 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3366 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3369 struct probe
*probe
;
3370 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3373 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3374 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3378 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3380 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3381 get_probe_address (probe
,
3384 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3385 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3386 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3392 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3395 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3397 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3398 const char *func_name
;
3401 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3404 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3405 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3407 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3409 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3410 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3412 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3413 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3416 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3419 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3420 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3421 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3422 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3423 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3427 update_global_location_list (1);
3429 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3432 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3434 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3436 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3437 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3438 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3440 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3442 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3444 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3447 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3449 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3451 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3452 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3454 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3456 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3459 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3461 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3463 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3464 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3465 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3467 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3468 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3471 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3474 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3475 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3476 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3477 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3478 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3479 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3483 update_global_location_list (1);
3485 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3488 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3491 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3493 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3494 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3496 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3498 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3499 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3500 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3503 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3505 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3506 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3510 ret
= find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3514 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3515 struct probe
*p
= VEC_index (probe_p
, ret
, 0);
3517 if (!can_evaluate_probe_arguments (p
))
3519 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3520 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3521 VEC_free (probe_p
, ret
);
3525 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3526 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3529 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3531 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3533 struct probe
*probe
;
3536 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3537 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3541 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3543 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3544 get_probe_address (probe
,
3546 bp_exception_master
,
3547 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3548 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3549 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3555 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3557 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3560 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3562 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3564 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3566 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3567 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3569 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3573 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3576 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3577 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3579 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3580 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3581 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3582 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3585 update_global_location_list (1);
3589 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3591 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3592 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3594 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3595 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3596 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3597 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3598 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3599 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3600 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3601 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3602 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3603 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3604 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3606 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3608 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3611 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3612 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3614 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3618 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3619 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3621 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3625 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3626 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3627 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3628 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3629 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3631 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3635 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3636 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3638 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3642 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3644 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3645 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3646 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3648 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3652 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3654 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3655 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3656 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3657 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3661 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3662 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3663 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3664 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3665 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3666 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3668 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3669 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3670 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3671 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3672 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3673 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3674 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3676 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3677 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3678 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3679 let finish_command delete it.
3681 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3682 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3683 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3684 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3685 solib breakpoints.) */
3687 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3692 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3693 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3695 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3697 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3701 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3702 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3703 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3704 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3705 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3709 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3711 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3713 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3714 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3716 if (ptid_get_pid (ptid
) == ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
))
3717 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3719 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3720 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3721 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3723 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3726 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3727 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3728 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3729 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3730 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3731 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3732 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3736 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3739 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3740 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3742 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3746 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3747 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3748 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3749 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3750 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3753 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3757 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3758 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3760 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3761 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3764 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3765 This should not ever happen. */
3766 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3768 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3769 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3771 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3772 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3773 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3775 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3776 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3777 || bl
->section
== NULL
3778 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3780 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3781 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3785 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3786 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3787 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3789 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3790 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3792 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3793 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3794 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3795 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3796 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3798 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3799 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3801 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3802 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3805 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3806 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3807 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3808 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3810 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3811 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3812 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3813 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3814 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3815 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3821 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3826 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3827 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3828 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3830 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3831 && solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3836 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3838 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3840 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3841 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3843 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3844 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3846 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3847 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3848 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3851 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3852 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3855 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3856 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3858 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3862 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3869 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3872 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3874 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3875 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3877 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3878 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3881 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3882 This should not ever happen. */
3883 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3885 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3887 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3889 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3891 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3895 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3898 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3900 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3902 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3903 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3907 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3908 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3910 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3913 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3914 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3915 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3920 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3922 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3923 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3925 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3927 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3929 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3932 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3934 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3935 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3936 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3940 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3942 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3948 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3950 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3951 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3954 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3956 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3958 case bp_shlib_event
:
3960 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3961 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3962 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3963 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3964 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3966 (gdb) file prog-linux
3967 (gdb) run # native linux target
3970 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3971 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3974 case bp_step_resume
:
3976 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3978 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3982 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3983 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3984 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3986 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3988 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3989 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3990 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3991 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3993 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3994 insert_breakpoints. */
3996 value_free (w
->val
);
4007 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4008 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
4009 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4010 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
4013 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4014 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4015 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4016 match, not program space. */
4018 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4019 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4020 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4021 permanent breakpoint.
4022 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4023 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4024 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4025 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4026 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4028 enum breakpoint_here
4029 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4031 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4032 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4034 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4036 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4037 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4040 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4041 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4042 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4043 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4045 if (overlay_debugging
4046 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4047 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4048 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4049 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
4050 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4052 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4056 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
4059 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4062 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4064 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4067 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
4068 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4074 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
4075 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
4076 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
4077 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
4080 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4083 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4085 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4087 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4088 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4092 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4094 if (overlay_debugging
4095 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4096 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4097 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4105 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
4106 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4109 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4111 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4114 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4120 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4124 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4127 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4129 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4131 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4135 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4138 if (overlay_debugging
4139 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4140 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4141 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4147 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
4148 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
4155 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
4156 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4158 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
4160 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
4162 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4164 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4165 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4168 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4171 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4172 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4176 /* Check for intersection. */
4177 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
4178 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4186 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
4187 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
4190 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
4193 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4194 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4198 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4200 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4201 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4204 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4205 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4206 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4209 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4212 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4214 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4215 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4216 it is now time to do so. */
4218 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4219 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4223 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4225 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4226 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4227 it is now time to do so. */
4229 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4230 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4234 if (overlay_debugging
4235 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4236 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4237 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4246 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4250 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4252 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4255 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4259 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4261 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4262 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4263 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4264 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4268 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4269 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4272 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4289 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4290 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4293 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4297 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4302 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4304 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4305 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4306 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4307 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4308 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4310 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4311 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4315 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4325 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4328 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4333 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4335 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4341 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4344 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4346 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4348 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4350 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4352 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4357 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4366 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4367 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4368 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4369 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4371 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4372 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4374 Return 1 otherwise. */
4377 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4379 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4382 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4384 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4385 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4386 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4387 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4388 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4390 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4392 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4396 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4399 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4401 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4404 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4407 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4411 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4413 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4415 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4417 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4423 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4426 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4428 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4430 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4432 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4433 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4434 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4435 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4436 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4440 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4443 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4446 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4448 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4451 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4452 or its equivalent. */
4455 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4457 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4458 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4461 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4462 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4463 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4464 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4466 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4467 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4468 bpstat of the current thread. */
4471 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4474 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4477 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4479 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4482 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4483 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4485 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4487 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4490 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4491 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4493 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4494 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4495 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4497 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4499 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4500 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4501 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4502 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4503 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4504 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4505 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4506 the tree when we're done. */
4507 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4508 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4509 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4510 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4511 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4513 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4519 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4521 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4527 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4528 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4530 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4532 if (target_can_async_p ())
4533 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4534 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4535 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4538 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4539 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4540 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4541 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4542 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4543 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4544 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4545 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4546 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4547 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4548 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4549 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4550 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4555 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4560 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4562 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4564 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4565 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4566 && target_has_execution
4567 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4568 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4569 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4570 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4571 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4572 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4573 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4576 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4579 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4582 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4585 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4588 struct value_print_options opts
;
4589 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4590 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4594 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4595 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4596 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4597 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4600 static enum print_stop_action
4601 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4603 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4606 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4607 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4611 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4612 relevant messages. */
4613 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4616 case print_it_normal
:
4618 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4620 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4621 which has since been deleted. */
4623 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4625 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4626 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4631 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4632 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4637 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4640 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4643 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4645 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4649 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4650 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4651 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4653 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4654 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4655 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4658 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4659 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4660 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4664 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4668 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4669 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4672 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4677 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4678 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4679 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4682 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4687 struct so_list
*iter
;
4689 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4691 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4692 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4695 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4700 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4701 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4702 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4705 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4709 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4710 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4711 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4712 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4713 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4714 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4715 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4718 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4719 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4720 code to print the location. An example is
4721 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4723 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4724 to also print the location part of the message.
4725 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4726 don't require a location appended to the end.
4727 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4728 further info to be printed. */
4730 enum print_stop_action
4731 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4735 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4736 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4737 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4738 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4739 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4741 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4742 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4743 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4744 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4748 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4749 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4750 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4751 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4753 print_solib_event (0);
4754 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4757 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4758 with and nothing was printed. */
4759 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4762 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero.
4763 This returns the inverse of the condition because it is called
4764 from catch_errors which returns 0 if an exception happened, and if an
4765 exception happens we want execution to stop.
4766 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4767 "void *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4770 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4772 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4773 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4775 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4779 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4782 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4786 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4788 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4789 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4790 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4791 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4792 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4793 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4794 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4796 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4800 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4801 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4804 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4806 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4808 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4810 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4812 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4813 as not triggered. */
4815 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4817 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4819 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4825 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4827 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4828 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4830 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4832 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4834 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4840 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4841 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4845 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4847 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4848 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4850 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4851 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4853 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4855 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4856 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4858 if (newaddr
== start
)
4860 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4864 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4865 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4869 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4878 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4879 because of check_errors). */
4880 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4881 #define WP_DELETED 1
4882 /* The value has changed. */
4883 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4884 /* The value has not changed. */
4885 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4886 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4889 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4890 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4892 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4895 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4896 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4899 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4901 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4902 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4903 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4904 int within_current_scope
;
4906 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4907 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4908 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4910 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4911 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4912 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4913 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4916 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4917 within_current_scope
= 1;
4920 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4921 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4922 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4924 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4925 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4926 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4927 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4928 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4929 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4930 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4931 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4932 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4933 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4936 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4937 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4939 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4940 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4941 if (within_current_scope
)
4943 struct symbol
*function
;
4945 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4946 if (function
== NULL
4947 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4948 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4949 within_current_scope
= 0;
4952 if (within_current_scope
)
4953 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4954 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4959 if (within_current_scope
)
4961 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4962 time before we return to the command level and call
4963 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4964 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4968 struct value
*new_val
;
4970 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4971 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4972 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4973 a mask watchpoint. */
4974 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4976 mark
= value_mark ();
4977 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
, 0);
4979 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4980 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4981 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4982 not what we want. */
4983 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4984 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4986 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4988 release_value (new_val
);
4989 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4991 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4994 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4998 /* Nothing changed. */
4999 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5000 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
5005 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5007 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
5008 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
5009 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
5010 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
5011 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
5012 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
5013 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
5014 the first value assigned). */
5015 /* We print all the stop information in
5016 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
5017 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
5018 already. So we have no choice but print the information
5020 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5022 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
5023 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
5024 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
5026 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
5027 which its expression is valid.\n");
5029 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5030 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
5031 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5037 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5038 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5039 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5042 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5043 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5044 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5046 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5048 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5049 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5051 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5054 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5055 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5058 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
5060 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5061 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5063 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5064 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5065 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5066 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5067 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5070 int must_check_value
= 0;
5072 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5073 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5075 must_check_value
= 1;
5076 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5077 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5078 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5080 must_check_value
= 1;
5081 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5082 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5083 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5084 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5085 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5086 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5087 must_check_value
= 1;
5089 if (must_check_value
)
5092 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
5094 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
5095 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
5097 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
5101 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5102 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5106 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5109 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5110 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5112 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5114 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5115 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5116 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5117 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5118 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5119 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5120 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5123 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5124 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5127 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5128 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5129 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5130 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5132 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5133 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5134 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5137 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5138 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5139 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5140 changes. This still gives false positives when
5141 the program writes the same value to memory as
5142 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5143 it for a read), but it's much better than
5146 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5148 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5150 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
5152 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
5153 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5154 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5156 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5157 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5159 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5160 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5162 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5168 if (other_write_watchpoint
5169 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5171 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5172 and the value changed since the last time we
5173 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5175 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5180 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5181 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5182 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5184 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5185 the value hasn't changed. */
5186 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5194 /* Error from catch_errors. */
5195 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
5196 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5197 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5198 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5202 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5204 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5205 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5206 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5207 anything for this watchpoint. */
5208 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5214 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5215 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5216 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5217 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5220 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5222 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5223 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5224 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5225 struct expression
*cond
;
5227 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5229 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5230 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5231 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5232 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5233 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5235 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5236 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5237 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5239 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5240 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5246 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5247 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5249 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
))
5250 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (ptid
)))
5257 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5259 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5261 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5263 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5270 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5272 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5273 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5275 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5276 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5277 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5278 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5280 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5282 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5283 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5287 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5288 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5289 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5290 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5291 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5293 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5294 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5297 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5299 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5300 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5301 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5302 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5303 really matter which instantiation of the function
5304 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5305 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5306 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5307 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5308 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5309 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5310 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5311 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5313 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5315 select_frame (frame
);
5317 within_current_scope
= 0;
5319 if (within_current_scope
)
5321 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5322 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5326 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5327 "in the current scope"));
5328 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5329 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5332 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5333 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5336 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5340 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5344 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5346 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5351 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5352 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5354 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5355 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5358 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5360 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5362 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5363 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5364 several reasons concurrently.)
5366 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5367 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5370 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5371 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5372 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5374 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5375 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5376 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5377 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5378 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5379 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5382 int need_remove_insert
;
5385 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5386 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5387 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5388 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5389 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5390 inferior function calls. */
5394 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5397 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5399 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5400 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5401 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5402 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5403 checked all locations already. */
5404 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5407 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5410 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5413 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5416 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5419 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5420 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5421 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5425 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5426 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5427 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5429 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5431 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5433 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5438 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5440 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5442 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5443 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5446 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5450 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5451 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5452 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5454 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5456 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5458 handle_solib_event ();
5463 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5464 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5465 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5469 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5474 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5475 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5478 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5483 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5485 /* We will stop here. */
5486 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5488 --(b
->enable_count
);
5489 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5490 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5491 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5496 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5497 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5498 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5499 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5502 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5507 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5509 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5510 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5513 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5514 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5515 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5517 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5518 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5519 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5521 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5522 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5524 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5526 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5527 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5530 if (need_remove_insert
)
5531 update_global_location_list (1);
5532 else if (removed_any
)
5533 update_global_location_list (0);
5539 handle_jit_event (void)
5541 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5542 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5544 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5545 breakpoint_re_set. */
5546 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5548 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5549 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5551 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5553 target_terminal_inferior ();
5556 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5558 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5561 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5563 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5567 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5568 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5569 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5571 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5573 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5574 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5575 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5578 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5580 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5581 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5585 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5592 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5595 case bp_shlib_event
:
5599 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5601 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5604 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5607 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5608 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5609 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5613 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5615 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5619 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5620 This requires no further action. */
5624 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5626 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5627 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5629 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5630 case bp_exception_resume
:
5631 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5632 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5634 case bp_step_resume
:
5636 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5639 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5640 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5643 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5645 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5648 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5649 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5652 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5653 case bp_thread_event
:
5654 case bp_overlay_event
:
5655 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5656 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5657 case bp_exception_master
:
5658 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5664 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5666 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5670 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5671 This requires no further action. */
5676 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5679 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5680 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5681 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5682 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5684 case bp_std_terminate
:
5685 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5686 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5687 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5688 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5691 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5692 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5693 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5694 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5696 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5697 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5699 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5700 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5701 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5703 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5704 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5705 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5706 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5711 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5713 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5717 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5718 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5721 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5724 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5725 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5730 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5732 handle_jit_event ();
5735 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5737 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5743 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5744 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5746 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5747 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5755 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5756 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5757 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5760 bpstat_should_step (void)
5762 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5765 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5771 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5773 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5782 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5783 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5784 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5787 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5789 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5790 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5794 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5796 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5798 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5799 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5800 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5805 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5811 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5812 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5814 "host": Host evals condition.
5815 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5816 "target": Target evals condition.
5820 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5822 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5823 char host_evals
= 0;
5824 char target_evals
= 0;
5829 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5832 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5833 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5834 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5836 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5838 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5844 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5845 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5846 else if (target_evals
)
5847 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5849 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5852 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5853 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5856 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5858 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5861 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5862 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5863 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5865 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5866 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5868 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5871 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5874 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5875 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5877 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5878 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5880 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5884 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5886 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5887 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5888 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5891 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5894 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5895 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5896 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5897 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5898 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5899 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5901 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
5902 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
));
5903 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5905 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5906 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname",
5907 symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5909 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5913 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5914 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5916 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5918 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5920 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5923 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5925 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5926 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5927 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5929 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5930 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5931 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5932 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5935 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5939 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5941 struct ep_type_description
5946 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5948 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5949 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5950 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5951 {bp_until
, "until"},
5952 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5953 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5954 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5955 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5956 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5957 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5958 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5959 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5960 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5961 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5962 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5963 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5964 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5965 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5966 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5967 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5968 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5969 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5970 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5971 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5972 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5973 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5974 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5975 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5976 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5977 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5978 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5979 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5980 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5983 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5984 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5985 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5986 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5989 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5992 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5993 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5996 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5997 const char *field_name
,
6001 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
6002 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
6006 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6007 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6008 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6011 back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
, field_name
);
6013 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
6019 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
6020 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
6025 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
6027 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
6029 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
6033 do_cleanups (back_to
);
6036 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
6039 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6040 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6042 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6045 struct command_line
*l
;
6046 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6048 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6049 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6050 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6051 struct value_print_options opts
;
6053 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6055 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6056 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6057 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6060 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
6061 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6069 if (part_of_multiple
)
6072 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6073 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
6078 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
6083 if (part_of_multiple
)
6084 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
6086 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6090 if (part_of_multiple
)
6091 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
6093 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6098 if (part_of_multiple
)
6099 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
6101 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
6102 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6103 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
6107 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6109 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
6110 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
6111 make sure there's just one location. */
6112 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
6113 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6119 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
6120 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
6124 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6125 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6126 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6128 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6130 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6131 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6132 is relatively readable). */
6133 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6134 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
6136 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
6141 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6145 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6146 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6148 case bp_exception_resume
:
6149 case bp_step_resume
:
6150 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6151 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6153 case bp_std_terminate
:
6154 case bp_shlib_event
:
6155 case bp_thread_event
:
6156 case bp_overlay_event
:
6157 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6158 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6159 case bp_exception_master
:
6161 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6162 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6165 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6166 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6167 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6170 if (header_of_multiple
)
6171 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
6172 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6173 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
6175 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
6176 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6179 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6180 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6187 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6189 struct inferior
*inf
;
6190 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6195 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6196 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6199 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6200 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6202 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6203 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6204 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6205 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6206 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6207 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6209 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6210 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6213 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6215 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6217 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6218 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6219 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6220 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6222 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6224 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6225 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6229 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6231 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6232 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6234 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6237 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6238 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6240 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6241 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6242 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6245 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6248 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6249 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6251 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6252 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6254 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6255 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6256 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6257 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6258 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6260 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6261 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6262 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6263 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6265 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6268 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6270 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6271 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6272 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6273 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6276 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6280 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6281 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6282 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6283 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6284 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6286 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6287 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6288 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6289 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6290 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6292 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6296 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6297 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6298 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6302 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6305 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6306 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6307 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6310 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6311 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6312 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6313 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6316 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6317 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6318 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6319 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6320 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6322 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6323 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6324 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6327 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6329 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6331 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6333 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6334 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6335 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6339 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6340 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6342 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6345 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6346 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6347 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6350 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6352 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6354 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6356 annotate_field (10);
6357 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6358 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6359 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6362 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6364 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6366 annotate_field (11);
6368 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6369 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6370 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6374 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6376 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6377 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6382 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6384 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6386 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6388 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6390 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6391 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6396 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6397 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6400 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6401 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6403 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6405 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6406 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6408 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6409 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6410 locations, if any. */
6411 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6413 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6414 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6415 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6418 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6419 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6421 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6422 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6424 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6427 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6429 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6430 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6431 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6432 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6439 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6441 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6442 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6444 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6448 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6449 an address to print. */
6450 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6453 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6454 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6455 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6458 return print_address_bits
;
6461 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6467 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6469 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6470 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6471 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6475 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6477 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6485 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6486 char **error_message
)
6488 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6491 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6493 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6494 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6500 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6501 internal or momentary. */
6504 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6506 return b
->number
> 0;
6509 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6510 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6511 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6512 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6513 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6514 breakpoints listed. */
6517 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6518 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6520 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6521 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6522 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6523 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6524 struct value_print_options opts
;
6525 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6526 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6527 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6529 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6531 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6532 required for address fields. */
6533 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6536 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6537 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6540 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6541 accept. Skip the others. */
6542 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6544 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6546 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6550 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6552 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6554 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6555 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6556 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6558 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6559 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6560 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6562 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6566 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6568 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6569 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6573 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6574 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6577 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6578 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6579 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6581 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6582 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6584 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6585 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6586 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6588 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6589 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6591 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6592 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6594 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6596 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6597 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6598 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6600 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6601 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6603 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6605 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6606 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6607 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6608 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6613 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6614 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6617 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6618 accept. Skip the others. */
6620 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6622 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6624 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6627 else /* all others */
6629 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6633 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6635 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6636 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6639 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6641 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6643 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6647 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6648 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6650 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6651 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6657 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6658 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6661 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6662 there have been breakpoints? */
6663 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6665 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6668 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6669 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6672 default_collect_info (void)
6674 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6676 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6677 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6679 if (!*default_collect
)
6682 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6684 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6685 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6686 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6690 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6692 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6694 default_collect_info ();
6698 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6700 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6701 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6703 if (num_printed
== 0)
6705 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6706 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6708 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6713 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6715 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6717 default_collect_info ();
6721 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6722 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6723 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6725 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6727 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6729 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6730 && bl
->address
== pc
6731 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6737 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6738 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6742 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6743 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6744 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6747 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6750 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6751 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6755 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6756 else /* if (others == ???) */
6757 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6759 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6762 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6763 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6764 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6765 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6766 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6767 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6768 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6769 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6771 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6775 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6777 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6778 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6779 printf_filtered (".\n");
6784 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6785 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6786 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6787 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6789 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6790 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6791 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6792 breakpoint at address zero:
6800 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6802 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6804 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6807 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6808 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6811 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6812 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6814 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6815 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6817 /* Both of them must exist. */
6818 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6819 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6821 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6822 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6823 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6824 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6825 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6826 other watchpoint. */
6828 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6830 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6833 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6835 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6839 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6840 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6841 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6842 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6843 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6844 become hw_access locations later. */
6845 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6846 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6847 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6848 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6851 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6854 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6855 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6857 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6858 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6862 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6863 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6864 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6865 space doesn't really matter. */
6868 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6869 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6872 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6873 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6874 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6877 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6878 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6879 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6880 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6883 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6884 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6887 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6890 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6891 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6895 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6896 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6897 true, otherwise returns false. */
6900 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6901 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6903 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6904 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6905 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6906 different locations. */
6907 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6912 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6913 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6914 represent the same location. */
6917 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6918 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6920 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6922 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6923 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6924 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6926 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6927 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6929 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6932 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6933 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6934 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6936 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6937 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6938 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6939 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6943 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6944 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6946 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6947 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6951 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6952 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6954 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6955 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6957 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6960 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6961 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6962 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6963 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6966 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6967 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6969 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6971 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6974 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6975 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6976 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6977 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6978 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6980 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6981 have their addresses modified. */
6986 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6988 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6989 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6990 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6992 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6993 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6995 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6996 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6998 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7003 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
7004 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
7006 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
7008 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7013 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7014 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7017 switch (owner
->type
)
7023 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7024 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7026 case bp_exception_resume
:
7027 case bp_step_resume
:
7028 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7029 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7031 case bp_std_terminate
:
7032 case bp_shlib_event
:
7033 case bp_thread_event
:
7034 case bp_overlay_event
:
7036 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7037 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7038 case bp_exception_master
:
7039 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7040 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7042 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7043 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7045 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7046 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7047 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7049 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7050 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7051 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7052 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7057 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7058 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7059 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
7062 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7068 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7070 static struct bp_location
*
7071 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7073 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7077 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7079 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
7083 /* Increment reference count. */
7086 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7091 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7092 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7095 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7097 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
7099 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
7100 free_bp_location (*blp
);
7104 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7107 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7109 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7111 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7112 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7114 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7116 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
7125 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7128 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7129 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7131 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7133 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
7135 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7139 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7140 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7141 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7143 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7146 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
7148 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
7149 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
7150 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
7151 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7154 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7155 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7157 static struct breakpoint
*
7158 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7160 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7162 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7164 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7165 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7169 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
7170 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
7174 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
7176 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7178 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7179 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7180 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7183 const char *function_name
;
7184 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7186 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7187 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7189 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7191 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7193 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7194 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7195 &loc
->requested_address
))
7197 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7198 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7199 loc
->requested_address
,
7202 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7203 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7205 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7206 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7207 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7208 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7210 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7215 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7219 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7221 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7224 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7226 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7231 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7232 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7233 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7235 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7236 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7237 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7240 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7241 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7242 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7244 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7246 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7248 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7249 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7251 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7252 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7254 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7255 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7258 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7259 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7260 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7261 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7262 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7263 is also returned as the value of this function.
7265 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7266 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7267 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7268 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7269 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7270 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7271 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7274 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7275 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7276 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7278 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7280 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7281 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7286 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7287 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7289 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7291 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7293 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7295 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7296 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7297 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7298 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7299 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7300 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7304 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7305 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7306 initiated the operation. */
7309 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7311 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7312 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7314 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7315 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7316 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7317 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7318 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7319 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7320 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7321 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7323 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7324 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7326 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7327 after their removal. */
7328 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7329 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7330 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7333 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7336 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7338 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7340 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7342 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7343 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7345 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7346 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7351 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7353 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7355 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7356 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7358 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7359 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7363 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7364 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7365 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7369 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7371 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7374 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7376 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7378 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7379 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7380 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7382 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7384 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7387 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7388 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7389 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7390 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7396 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7397 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7400 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7401 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7405 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7407 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7409 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7410 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7412 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7414 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7415 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7416 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7417 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7420 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7422 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7424 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7425 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7426 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7428 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7433 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7435 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7438 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7440 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7441 update_global_location_list (1);
7442 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7447 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7449 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7452 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7454 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7455 update_global_location_list (0);
7456 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7460 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7461 master breakpoint. */
7463 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7465 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7467 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7468 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7469 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7471 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7472 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7476 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7478 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7480 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7482 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7483 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7484 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7488 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7490 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7492 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7493 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7495 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7496 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7498 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7500 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7506 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7508 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7510 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7511 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7512 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7513 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7516 struct lang_and_radix
7522 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7525 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7527 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7529 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7530 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7531 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7535 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7538 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7540 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7542 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7543 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7544 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7545 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7549 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7551 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7553 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7554 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7555 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7556 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7560 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7562 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7564 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7565 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7566 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7570 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7571 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7574 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7576 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7578 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7580 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7581 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7583 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7584 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7585 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7586 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7587 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7588 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7589 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7590 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7591 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7592 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7593 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7594 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7597 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7602 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7603 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7604 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7607 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7609 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7610 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7612 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7613 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7614 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7615 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7616 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7617 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7620 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7622 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7623 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7625 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7626 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7627 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7628 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7629 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7630 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7631 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7632 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7633 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7635 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7636 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7637 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7638 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7641 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7642 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7644 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7646 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7647 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7648 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7651 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7656 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7657 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7658 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7661 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7663 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7665 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7668 /* If the file is a shared library not loaded by the user then
7669 solib_unloaded was notified and disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
7670 was called. In that case there is no need to take action again. */
7671 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) && !(objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
))
7676 struct bp_location
*loc
;
7677 int bp_modified
= 0;
7679 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7682 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
7684 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7686 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7687 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7690 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7693 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7696 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7697 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7700 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7702 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7705 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7712 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7716 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7718 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7719 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7720 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7721 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7722 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7724 struct fork_catchpoint
7726 /* The base class. */
7727 struct breakpoint base
;
7729 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7730 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7731 catchpoint has triggered. */
7732 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7735 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7739 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7741 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7744 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7748 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7750 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7753 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7757 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7758 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7759 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7761 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7763 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7766 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7770 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7773 static enum print_stop_action
7774 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7776 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7777 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7778 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7780 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7781 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7782 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7784 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7785 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7787 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7788 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7789 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7791 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7792 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7793 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7794 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7795 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7798 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7802 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7804 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7805 struct value_print_options opts
;
7806 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7808 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7810 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7811 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7813 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7814 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7816 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7817 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7819 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7820 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7821 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7822 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7825 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7826 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7829 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7833 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7835 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7838 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7842 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7844 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7845 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7848 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7850 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7852 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7856 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7858 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7861 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7865 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7867 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
7870 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7874 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7875 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7876 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7878 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7880 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7883 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7887 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7890 static enum print_stop_action
7891 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7893 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7894 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7895 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7897 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7898 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7899 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7901 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7902 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7904 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7905 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7906 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7908 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7909 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7910 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7911 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7912 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7915 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7919 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7921 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7922 struct value_print_options opts
;
7923 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7925 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7926 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7927 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7929 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7930 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7932 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7933 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7935 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7936 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7937 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7938 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7941 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7942 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7945 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7949 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7951 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7954 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7958 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7960 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7961 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7964 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7966 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7968 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7969 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7970 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7971 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7972 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7974 struct solib_catchpoint
7976 /* The base class. */
7977 struct breakpoint base
;
7979 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7980 unsigned char is_load
;
7982 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7983 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7989 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7991 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7994 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7995 xfree (self
->regex
);
7997 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8001 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8007 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
8013 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8014 struct address_space
*aspace
,
8016 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8018 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8019 struct breakpoint
*other
;
8021 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
8024 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
8026 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
8028 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
8031 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
8034 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
8037 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
8039 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
8048 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
8050 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
8051 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8056 struct so_list
*iter
;
8059 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
8064 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8073 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
8078 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
8084 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
8087 static enum print_stop_action
8088 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
8090 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8091 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8093 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8094 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8095 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8097 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8098 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8099 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
8100 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8101 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8102 print_solib_event (1);
8103 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8107 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
8109 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8110 struct value_print_options opts
;
8111 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8114 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8115 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8116 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8118 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8121 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8128 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8130 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
8135 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
8137 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
8139 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
8142 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8143 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
8144 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8148 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8150 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8152 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
8153 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8157 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8159 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
8161 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
8162 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
8163 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
8165 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
8166 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
8169 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
8171 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
8172 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
8173 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
8174 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
8175 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
8176 created in an enabled state. */
8179 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
8181 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
8182 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8183 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8187 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
8189 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
8190 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
8196 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
8199 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
8201 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
8202 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
8204 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
8207 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
8208 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
8209 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
8211 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8213 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
8214 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8217 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
8221 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
8222 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8225 const int enabled
= 1;
8227 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
8229 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
8233 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8234 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8236 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8240 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8241 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8243 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8246 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8247 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8248 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8249 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8250 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8252 struct syscall_catchpoint
8254 /* The base class. */
8255 struct breakpoint base
;
8257 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8258 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8259 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8260 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8261 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8264 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8268 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8270 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8272 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8274 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8277 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8279 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8281 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8282 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8283 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8285 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8286 int any_syscall_count
;
8288 /* Count of each system call. */
8289 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8291 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8292 if any catching is necessary. */
8293 int total_syscalls_count
;
8296 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8297 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8299 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8301 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8302 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8304 inf_data
= XCNEW (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8305 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8312 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8318 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8322 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8324 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8325 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8326 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8327 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8329 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8330 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8331 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8337 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8342 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8344 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8345 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8346 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8348 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8349 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8350 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8352 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8353 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8355 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8356 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8360 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8361 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8362 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8364 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8366 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8369 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8373 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8375 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8376 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8377 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8378 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8380 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8381 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8382 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8388 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8392 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8393 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8395 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8396 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8400 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
),
8401 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8402 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8404 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8406 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8409 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8413 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8414 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8415 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8417 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8418 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8419 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8420 int syscall_number
= 0;
8421 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8422 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8424 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8425 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8428 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8430 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8431 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8436 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8438 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8447 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8450 static enum print_stop_action
8451 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8453 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8454 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8455 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8456 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8457 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8458 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8460 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8463 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8465 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8467 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8469 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8470 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8472 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8473 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8475 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8476 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8477 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8478 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8479 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8481 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8483 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8484 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8486 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8488 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8489 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8491 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8493 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8495 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8498 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8502 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8503 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8505 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8506 struct value_print_options opts
;
8507 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8509 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8510 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8511 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8513 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8514 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8517 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8518 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8519 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8521 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8523 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8526 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8529 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8534 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8537 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8539 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8541 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8542 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8546 /* Remove the last comma. */
8547 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8548 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8551 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8552 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8554 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8555 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8558 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8562 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8564 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8566 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8570 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8571 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8573 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8576 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8580 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8583 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8585 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8587 printf_filtered (")");
8590 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8594 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8598 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8600 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8602 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8604 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8609 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8614 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8616 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8618 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8621 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8624 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8626 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8628 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8631 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8633 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8636 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8637 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8638 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8639 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8642 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8643 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8645 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8647 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8650 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8652 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8654 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8655 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8659 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8661 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8662 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8663 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8664 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8667 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8670 update_global_location_list (1);
8674 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8675 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8676 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8678 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8680 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8682 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8684 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8687 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8689 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8690 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8691 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8692 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8693 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8695 struct exec_catchpoint
8697 /* The base class. */
8698 struct breakpoint base
;
8700 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8701 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8703 char *exec_pathname
;
8706 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8710 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8712 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8714 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8716 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8720 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8722 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8726 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8728 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (ptid_get_pid (inferior_ptid
));
8732 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8733 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8734 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8736 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8738 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8741 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8745 static enum print_stop_action
8746 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8748 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8749 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8750 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8752 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8753 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8754 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8756 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8757 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8759 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8760 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8761 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8763 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8764 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8765 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8766 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8768 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8772 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8774 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8775 struct value_print_options opts
;
8776 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8778 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8780 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8781 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8782 is relatively readable). */
8783 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8784 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8786 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8787 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8789 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8790 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8791 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8794 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8795 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8799 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8801 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8804 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8808 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8810 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8811 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8814 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8817 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8818 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8820 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8821 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8823 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8824 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8825 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8827 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8831 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8834 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8835 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8839 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8840 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8842 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8844 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8851 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8855 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8858 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8860 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8863 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8865 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8867 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8873 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8874 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8875 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8876 types _not_ TYPE. */
8879 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8880 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8883 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8885 *other_type_used
= 0;
8890 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8893 if (b
->type
== type
)
8894 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8895 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8896 *other_type_used
= 1;
8903 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8905 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8909 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8911 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8912 update_global_location_list (0);
8918 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8920 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8924 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8926 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8927 update_global_location_list (1);
8933 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8935 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8936 update_global_location_list (0);
8940 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8942 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8943 breakpoint_re_set ();
8947 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8948 at address specified by SAL.
8949 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8952 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8953 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8955 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8957 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8959 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8961 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8962 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8963 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8964 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8966 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8967 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8969 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8970 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8972 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8977 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8978 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8981 static struct breakpoint
*
8982 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8984 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8986 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8988 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8989 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8990 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8992 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8993 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8994 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8995 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8996 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8997 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8998 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8999 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
9000 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
9001 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
9002 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
9004 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
9005 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9006 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
9008 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
9012 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
9016 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
9018 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
9022 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
9026 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9029 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9031 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9033 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
9034 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9036 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
9040 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
9043 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9045 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
9046 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
9048 printf_filtered ("\n");
9052 static struct bp_location
*
9053 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9054 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9056 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
9057 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
9058 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9060 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
9061 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
9063 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
9064 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
9065 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
9066 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
9067 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
9068 location that's only been partially initialized. */
9069 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
9072 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
9073 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
9074 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
9075 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
9080 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
9081 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
9082 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
9083 loc
->probe
.probe
= sal
->probe
;
9084 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
9085 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
9086 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
9087 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
9088 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
9089 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
9091 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
9092 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
9097 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
9098 return 0 otherwise. */
9101 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
9105 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
9106 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
9107 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
9110 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
9112 addr
= loc
->address
;
9113 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
9115 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
9119 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
9121 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
9122 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
9123 breakpoints they are permanent. */
9124 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9126 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
9127 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
9129 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
9130 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
9133 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
9138 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
9139 settings of the dprintf style options. */
9142 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9144 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
9145 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
9150 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9152 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
9154 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
9156 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
9158 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
9159 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
9161 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
9162 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9163 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
9165 if (!dprintf_function
)
9166 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
9168 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
9169 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
9174 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
9178 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
9180 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
9181 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9184 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
9185 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
9189 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9190 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
9192 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
9193 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
9195 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
9196 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9198 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
9199 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
9200 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
9201 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
9202 printf_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
9203 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
9205 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
9209 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
9210 current style settings. */
9213 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
9214 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
9216 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9220 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
9221 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9225 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
9226 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
9227 as condition expression. */
9230 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9231 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9232 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9234 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9235 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9236 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9237 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9238 int display_canonical
)
9242 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9244 int target_resources_ok
;
9246 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9247 target_resources_ok
=
9248 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9250 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9251 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9252 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9253 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9256 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9258 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9260 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9261 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9265 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9267 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9269 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9270 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9275 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9279 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9280 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9281 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9282 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9283 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9285 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9286 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9288 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9290 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9291 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9293 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9295 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9296 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9297 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9301 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9303 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9305 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9306 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9308 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9310 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9312 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9314 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9315 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9317 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9319 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9322 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9323 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9330 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9331 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9335 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9336 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9340 const char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9342 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9343 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9345 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9348 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9349 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9350 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9352 if (b
->extra_string
)
9353 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9355 error (_("Format string required"));
9357 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9358 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9361 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9363 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9365 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9368 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9373 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9374 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9375 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9377 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9378 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9379 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9380 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9381 int display_canonical
)
9383 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9384 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9386 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9388 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9390 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9394 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9396 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9398 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9400 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9402 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9404 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9406 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9408 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9411 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9412 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9413 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9414 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9415 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9416 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9417 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9418 we take just a single condition string.
9420 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9421 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9422 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9423 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9424 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9427 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9428 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9429 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9430 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9431 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9432 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9433 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9436 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9438 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9439 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9441 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9443 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9444 'break', without arguments. */
9445 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9446 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9448 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9449 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9451 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9452 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9455 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9457 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9458 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9459 canonical
->special_display
);
9460 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9464 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9465 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9466 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9467 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9469 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9470 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9473 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9474 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9476 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9478 if ((*address
) == NULL
9479 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9481 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9483 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9485 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9486 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9489 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9490 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9491 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9493 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9494 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9495 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9496 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9497 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9498 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9500 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9502 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9503 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9504 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9505 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9506 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9508 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9510 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9511 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9512 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9514 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9517 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9521 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9523 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9524 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9525 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9526 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9528 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9529 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9530 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9532 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9533 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9534 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9535 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9536 get_last_displayed_line (),
9537 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9539 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9540 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9545 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9546 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9549 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9553 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9554 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9557 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9558 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9559 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9560 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9561 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9565 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9566 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9569 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9571 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9573 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9575 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9577 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9579 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9580 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9581 associated with SAL. */
9584 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9586 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9589 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9590 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9592 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9596 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9598 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9599 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9601 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9604 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9605 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9606 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9607 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9608 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9609 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9612 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9613 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9616 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9623 const char *end_tok
;
9625 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9626 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9628 tok
= skip_spaces_const (tok
);
9630 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9632 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9636 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
9638 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9640 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9642 struct expression
*expr
;
9644 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9645 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9648 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9650 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9655 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9657 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9658 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9659 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9662 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9667 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
9669 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9670 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9671 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9676 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9680 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9684 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9686 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9687 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9689 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9690 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9691 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9692 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9697 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9699 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9701 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9702 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9704 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9705 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9706 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9708 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9709 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9711 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9713 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9715 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9717 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9719 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9720 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9722 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9725 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9731 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9732 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9733 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_ARG parameter. If
9734 non-zero, the function will parse ARG, extracting location,
9735 condition, thread and extra string. Otherwise, ARG is just the
9736 breakpoint's location, with condition, thread, and extra string
9737 specified by the COND_STRING, THREAD and EXTRA_STRING parameters.
9738 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be allocated
9739 from the internal breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint
9740 was created; false otherwise. */
9743 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9744 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9745 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9747 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9749 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9750 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9751 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9754 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9755 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9756 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9757 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9758 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9759 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9762 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9764 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9766 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9768 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9770 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9771 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9774 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9778 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9784 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9786 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9789 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9790 throw_exception (e
);
9792 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9794 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9795 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9796 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9797 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9798 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9801 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9802 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9803 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9804 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9806 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9808 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9809 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9810 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9811 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9812 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9814 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9818 throw_exception (e
);
9822 throw_exception (e
);
9825 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9826 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9828 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9829 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9830 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9831 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9832 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9834 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9835 are ok for the target. */
9839 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9841 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9842 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9845 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9846 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9849 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9851 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9852 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9855 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9856 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9863 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9865 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9867 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9868 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9869 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9870 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9872 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9873 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9875 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9877 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9879 extra_string
= rest
;
9884 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), arg
);
9886 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9889 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9890 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9892 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9895 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9896 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9900 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9901 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9902 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9903 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9904 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9908 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9910 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9912 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9914 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9916 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9920 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9922 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9924 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9926 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9929 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9932 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9933 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9935 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9937 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9938 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9939 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9940 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9941 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9942 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9943 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9944 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9946 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9949 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9951 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9952 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9953 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9956 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9958 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9959 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9960 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9962 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9963 update_global_location_list (1);
9968 /* Set a breakpoint.
9969 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9970 condition, and thread.
9971 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9972 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9976 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9978 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9979 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9980 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9982 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9983 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9985 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9986 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9987 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9989 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9991 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9993 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9994 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9995 0 /* Ignore count */,
9996 pending_break_support
,
10004 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
10007 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
10011 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10013 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
10014 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
10015 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
10018 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
10019 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
10020 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
10021 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
10024 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
10026 struct blockvector
*bv
;
10028 struct symbol
*sym
;
10030 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
10033 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
10036 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
10037 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sal
->symtab
->objfile
, sym
);
10041 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
10042 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
10043 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
10044 happen in assembly source). */
10046 struct bound_minimal_symbol msym
;
10047 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
10049 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
10051 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
10053 sal
->section
= MSYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
.objfile
, msym
.minsym
);
10055 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10062 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10064 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10068 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10070 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
10074 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10076 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
10080 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10082 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
10086 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10088 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
10089 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
10090 stop at <line>\n"));
10094 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10098 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
10100 else if (*arg
!= '*')
10102 char *argptr
= arg
;
10105 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
10106 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
10107 function/method name. */
10108 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10110 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10115 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
10117 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
10121 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
10123 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10127 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10131 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
10135 char *argptr
= arg
;
10138 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
10139 it is probably a line number. */
10140 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
10142 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
10147 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
10149 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
10153 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
10155 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
10158 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
10159 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
10160 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
10164 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10166 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
10168 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
10170 0 /* Ignore count */,
10171 pending_break_support
,
10172 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
10180 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10182 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
10185 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
10186 ranged breakpoints. */
10189 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10190 struct address_space
*aspace
,
10192 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10194 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
10195 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10198 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
10199 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
10202 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10203 ranged breakpoints. */
10206 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10208 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10211 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10212 ranged breakpoints. */
10214 static enum print_stop_action
10215 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
10217 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10218 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10219 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10221 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10223 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10224 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10226 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
10227 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
10228 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
10230 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
10231 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10233 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10234 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10235 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10237 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10238 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10240 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10243 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10244 ranged breakpoints. */
10247 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10248 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10250 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10251 struct value_print_options opts
;
10252 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10254 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10255 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10257 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10259 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10260 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10261 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10262 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10263 annotate_field (5);
10264 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10268 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10269 ranged breakpoints. */
10272 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10273 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10275 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10276 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10277 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10278 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10282 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10283 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10285 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10286 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10287 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10288 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10289 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10290 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10292 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10295 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10296 ranged breakpoints. */
10299 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10301 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10302 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10305 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10307 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10310 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10311 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10312 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10315 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10316 ranged breakpoints. */
10319 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10321 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10322 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10323 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10326 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10328 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10330 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10331 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10332 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10333 last instruction of the given line. */
10336 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10340 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10341 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10342 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10349 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10351 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10353 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10360 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10363 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10365 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10366 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10367 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10369 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10370 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10371 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10372 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10374 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10375 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10376 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10378 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10379 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10380 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10382 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10383 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10385 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10386 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10387 error(_("No address range specified."));
10389 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10392 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10394 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10397 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10398 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10399 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10401 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10403 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10404 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10405 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10407 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10408 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10409 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10411 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10412 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10414 /* Parse the end location. */
10416 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10419 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10420 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10421 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10422 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10423 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10424 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10425 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10426 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10428 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10430 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10431 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10433 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10434 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10435 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10436 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10438 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10439 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10440 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10442 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10443 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10444 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10446 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10448 /* Length overflowed. */
10449 error (_("Address range too large."));
10450 else if (length
== 1)
10452 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10453 the `hbreak' command. */
10454 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10456 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10461 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10462 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10463 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10464 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10465 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10466 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10467 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10468 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10469 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10471 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10474 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10475 update_global_location_list (1);
10478 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10479 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10480 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10484 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10486 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10492 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10493 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10496 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10506 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10507 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10508 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10509 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10510 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10512 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10541 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10544 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10545 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10550 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10551 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10552 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10553 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10554 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10555 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10556 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10558 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10559 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10564 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10566 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10567 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10568 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10569 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10571 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10572 are always constant. */
10574 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10576 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10577 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10578 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10583 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10584 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10585 then it is not a constant. */
10594 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10597 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10599 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10601 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10603 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10604 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10605 value_free (w
->val
);
10607 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10610 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10613 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10615 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10617 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10618 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10620 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10621 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10622 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10623 are loaded and unloaded.
10625 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10626 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10627 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10628 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10629 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10630 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10632 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10633 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10634 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10635 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10637 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10638 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10640 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10641 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10642 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10645 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10648 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10650 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10651 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10653 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10657 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10660 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10662 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10663 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10665 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10670 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10671 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10672 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10674 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10675 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10677 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10678 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10679 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10680 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10681 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10682 (did not match the data address). */
10683 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10684 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10691 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10693 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10695 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10698 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10699 hardware watchpoints. */
10702 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10704 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10705 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10707 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10710 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10711 hardware watchpoints. */
10714 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10716 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10717 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10720 static enum print_stop_action
10721 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10723 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10724 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10725 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10726 enum print_stop_action result
;
10727 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10728 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10730 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10732 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10733 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10735 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10736 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10740 case bp_watchpoint
:
10741 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10742 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10743 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10744 ui_out_field_string
10746 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10748 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10749 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10750 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10751 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10752 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10753 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10754 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10755 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10756 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10757 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10760 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10761 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10762 ui_out_field_string
10764 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10766 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10767 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10768 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10769 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10770 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10771 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10774 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10775 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10777 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10778 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10779 ui_out_field_string
10781 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10783 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10784 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10785 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10786 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10787 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10792 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10793 ui_out_field_string
10795 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10796 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10797 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10799 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10800 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10801 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10802 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10805 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10808 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10812 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10816 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10818 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10819 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10820 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10824 case bp_watchpoint
:
10825 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10826 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10828 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10829 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10830 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10832 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10833 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10834 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10836 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10837 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10838 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10841 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10842 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10845 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10846 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10847 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10848 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10851 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10855 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10857 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10861 case bp_watchpoint
:
10862 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10863 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10865 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10866 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10868 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10869 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10872 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10873 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10876 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10877 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10880 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
10884 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
10886 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
10887 GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP. */
10888 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
10894 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10896 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10898 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10899 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10902 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10904 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10906 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10907 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10910 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10911 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10914 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10916 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10918 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10919 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10922 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10923 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10926 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10928 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10930 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10933 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10934 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10937 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10942 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10943 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10945 static enum print_stop_action
10946 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10948 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10949 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10951 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10952 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10956 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10957 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10958 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10959 ui_out_field_string
10961 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10964 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10965 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10966 ui_out_field_string
10968 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10971 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10972 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10973 ui_out_field_string
10975 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10978 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10979 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10983 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10984 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10985 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10986 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10988 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10989 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10992 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10993 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10996 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10997 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10999 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11001 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
11002 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
11004 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
11005 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11006 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
11009 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
11010 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11013 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11015 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11016 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11017 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
11021 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11022 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
11023 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
11025 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11026 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
11027 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
11029 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11030 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
11031 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
11034 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11035 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11038 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
11039 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
11040 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
11041 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
11044 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
11045 masked hardware watchpoints. */
11048 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11050 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
11055 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
11056 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
11058 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
11059 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
11061 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
11062 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
11065 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
11066 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
11069 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
11070 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
11071 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11074 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
11076 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11078 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
11081 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11083 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
11086 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
11087 hw_read: watch read,
11088 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
11090 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
11091 int just_location
, int internal
)
11093 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
11094 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
11095 struct expression
*exp
;
11096 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11097 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
11098 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11099 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
11100 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
11101 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
11103 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
11104 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
11105 enum bptype bp_type
;
11108 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
11109 the hardware watchpoint. */
11111 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
11112 struct watchpoint
*w
;
11114 struct cleanup
*back_to
;
11116 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
11117 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
11119 const char *value_start
;
11121 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
11123 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
11124 of the arguments string. */
11125 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
11127 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
11128 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11131 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
11132 This is the value of the parameter. */
11133 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11135 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
11137 /* Skip whitespace. */
11138 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
11143 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
11144 This is the parameter itself. */
11145 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
11148 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
11150 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
11152 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
11153 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
11154 only in a specific thread. */
11158 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
11160 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
11161 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
11163 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
11165 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
11166 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
11168 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
11169 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
11170 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
11172 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
11174 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
11175 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
11177 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
11180 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
11182 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
11184 mark
= value_mark ();
11185 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
11186 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
11187 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11190 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
11193 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
11194 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
11201 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
11202 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
11204 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11205 expression
= savestring (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
11206 back_to
= make_cleanup (xfree
, expression
);
11207 exp_start
= arg
= expression
;
11208 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
11210 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
11211 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
11213 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
11216 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
11217 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
11221 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
11222 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
11224 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
11227 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11228 mark
= value_mark ();
11229 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
, just_location
);
11235 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
11236 val
= value_addr (result
);
11237 release_value (val
);
11238 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11242 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
11245 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
11246 else if (ret
== -2)
11247 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
11250 else if (val
!= NULL
)
11251 release_value (val
);
11253 tok
= skip_spaces_const (arg
);
11254 end_tok
= skip_to_space_const (tok
);
11256 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11257 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11259 struct expression
*cond
;
11261 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11262 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11263 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11265 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11266 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11267 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11273 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11275 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11277 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11278 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11279 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11280 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11281 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11283 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11286 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11287 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11288 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11289 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11291 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11293 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11294 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11296 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11297 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11299 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11300 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11301 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11302 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11303 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11304 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11305 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11306 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11307 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11311 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
11312 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
11313 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
11314 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
11316 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11317 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11318 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11319 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11321 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11323 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11326 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11327 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11329 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11330 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11331 b
->thread
= thread
;
11332 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11333 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11335 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11336 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11339 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11340 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11343 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11344 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11346 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11347 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11350 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11351 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11353 /* The above expression is in C. */
11354 b
->language
= language_c
;
11357 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11361 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11370 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11372 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11376 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11377 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11381 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11382 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11385 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11387 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11388 need to act on them together. */
11389 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11390 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11393 if (!just_location
)
11394 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11396 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11398 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11399 that should be inserted. */
11400 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11404 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11405 throw_exception (e
);
11408 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11409 do_cleanups (back_to
);
11412 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11413 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11416 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11418 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11419 struct value
*head
= v
;
11421 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11422 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11425 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11426 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11427 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11428 hardware watchpoint.
11430 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11431 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11432 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11433 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11434 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11435 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11436 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11437 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11438 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11440 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11441 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11442 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11443 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11444 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11446 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11448 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11449 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11450 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11451 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11452 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11453 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11457 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11458 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11459 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11461 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11462 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11463 middle of some value chain. */
11465 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11466 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11468 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11472 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11473 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11474 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11476 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11480 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11484 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11485 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11486 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11487 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11488 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11491 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11492 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11493 return found_memory_cnt
;
11497 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11499 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11502 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11503 calls watch_command_1. */
11506 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11508 int just_location
= 0;
11511 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11512 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11514 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11518 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11522 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11524 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11528 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11530 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11534 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11536 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11540 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11542 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11546 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11548 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11552 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11553 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11555 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11557 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11558 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11562 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11563 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11564 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11567 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11569 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11571 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11572 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11573 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11574 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11578 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11580 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11581 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11582 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11583 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11584 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11585 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11586 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11587 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11588 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11590 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11592 clear_proceed_status ();
11594 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11597 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11598 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11599 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11600 get_last_displayed_line ());
11602 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11603 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11605 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11606 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11608 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11609 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11612 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11614 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11616 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11619 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11621 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11622 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11623 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11626 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11627 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11628 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11629 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11631 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11634 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11636 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11638 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11639 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11640 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11644 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11646 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11647 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11650 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11654 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11655 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11656 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11657 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11659 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11660 only at the very same frame. */
11661 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11662 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11663 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11665 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11667 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11668 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11669 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11670 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11672 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11674 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11675 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11677 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11678 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11679 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11681 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11682 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11683 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11687 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11690 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11691 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11693 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11694 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11695 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11696 if clause in the arg string. */
11699 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11703 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11706 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11709 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11710 condition string. */
11711 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11712 cond_string
= *arg
;
11714 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11716 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11718 return cond_string
;
11721 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11722 process start/exit, etc. */
11726 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11727 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11732 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11733 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11735 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11736 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11737 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11740 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11741 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11742 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11746 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11748 /* The allowed syntax is:
11750 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11752 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11753 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11755 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11756 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11758 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11759 and enable reporting of such events. */
11762 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11763 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11764 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11765 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11767 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11768 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11769 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11770 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11773 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11779 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11780 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11782 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11783 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11785 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11787 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11791 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11793 /* The allowed syntax is:
11795 catch exec if <cond>
11797 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11798 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11800 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11801 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11803 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11804 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11805 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11806 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11808 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11812 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11813 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11814 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11816 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11823 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11825 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11827 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11828 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11829 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11830 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11831 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11832 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11833 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11834 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11835 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11836 enough for now, though. */
11839 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11841 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
11842 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11843 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11844 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11847 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11848 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11850 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11852 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11853 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11855 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11857 int i
, syscall_number
;
11859 char cur_name
[128];
11862 /* Skip whitespace. */
11863 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11865 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11866 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11867 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11870 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11871 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11872 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11873 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11876 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11878 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11880 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11881 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11882 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11883 syscall number to be caught. */
11884 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11887 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11888 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11891 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11895 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11898 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11899 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11904 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11906 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11907 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11908 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11909 this architecture yet."));
11911 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11913 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11915 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11916 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11917 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11918 for his/her architecture. */
11919 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11921 /* The allowed syntax is:
11923 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11925 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11928 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11932 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11933 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11937 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11939 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11944 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11946 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11949 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11952 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11954 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11955 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11956 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11957 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11959 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11961 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11964 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11968 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11971 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11974 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11976 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11977 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11980 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11981 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11983 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11987 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11988 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11989 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11990 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11995 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11996 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11997 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11998 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
12000 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
12001 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
12002 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
12003 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
12004 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
12005 error (_("No source file specified."));
12007 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
12013 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
12014 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
12015 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
12016 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
12018 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
12019 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
12020 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
12021 due to optimization, all in one block.
12023 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
12024 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
12025 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
12026 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
12027 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
12028 to support that. */
12030 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
12031 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
12032 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
12036 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
12037 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
12039 const char *sal_fullname
;
12041 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
12042 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
12043 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
12046 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
12051 1 0 <can't happen> */
12053 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
12054 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
12055 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
12057 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
12058 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12061 /* Are we going to delete b? */
12062 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
12064 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12065 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12067 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
12068 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
12069 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
12071 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
12072 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
12073 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
12074 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
12075 int line_match
= 0;
12077 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
12078 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
12079 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
12080 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
12081 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
12082 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
12083 sal_fullname
) == 0)
12086 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12095 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12099 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12100 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12103 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12105 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12108 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12109 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12110 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12111 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12112 compare_breakpoints
);
12113 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12114 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12118 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12123 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12124 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12127 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12128 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12130 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12133 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12136 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12137 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12140 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12142 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12145 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12146 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12147 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12150 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12152 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12154 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12155 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12156 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12158 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12160 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12162 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12163 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12167 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12168 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12169 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12170 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12171 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12172 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12175 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12177 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12178 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12179 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12180 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12181 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12183 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12184 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12186 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12187 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12190 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12191 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12192 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12194 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12195 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12196 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12198 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12199 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12200 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12202 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12203 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12204 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12206 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12209 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12210 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12211 content of the bp_location array. */
12214 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12216 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12218 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12219 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12221 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12223 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12225 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12228 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12229 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12231 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12232 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12233 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12234 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12236 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12238 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12239 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12240 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12241 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12245 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12248 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12250 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12251 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12253 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12256 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12258 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12260 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12261 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12262 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12264 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12265 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12266 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12269 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12271 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12272 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12273 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12274 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12277 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12279 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12282 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12284 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12285 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12286 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12287 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12290 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12293 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12296 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12298 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12299 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12300 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12301 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12303 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12304 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12305 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12306 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12307 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12309 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12310 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12311 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12312 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12313 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12314 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12315 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12316 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12319 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12320 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12321 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12325 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12327 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12328 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12329 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12332 address
= bl
->address
;
12333 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12335 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12336 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12337 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12339 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12340 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12343 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12344 the same program space as the location
12345 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12346 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12347 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12351 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12352 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12355 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12356 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12357 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12358 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12359 that have already been marked. */
12360 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12362 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12364 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12366 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12367 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12372 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12373 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12374 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12375 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12376 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12377 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12378 returns true on them.
12380 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12381 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12382 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12383 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12384 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12385 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12388 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12390 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12391 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12392 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12393 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12394 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12395 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12396 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12398 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12399 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12400 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12401 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12402 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12404 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12405 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12406 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12407 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12409 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12410 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12411 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12412 unsigned old_location_count
;
12414 old_location
= bp_location
;
12415 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12416 bp_location
= NULL
;
12417 bp_location_count
= 0;
12418 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12420 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12421 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12422 bp_location_count
++;
12424 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12425 locp
= bp_location
;
12426 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12427 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12429 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12430 bp_location_compare
);
12432 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12434 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12435 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12436 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12437 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12438 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12441 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12442 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12444 locp
= bp_location
;
12445 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12448 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12449 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12451 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12452 not, we have to free it. */
12453 int found_object
= 0;
12454 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12455 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12458 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12459 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12460 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12461 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12465 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12466 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12469 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12470 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12471 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12473 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12474 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12475 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12477 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12478 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12481 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12485 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12486 have to go through updates again. */
12487 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12489 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12491 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12493 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12494 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12495 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12496 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12497 at certain location is not inserted. */
12499 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12501 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12504 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12506 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12507 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12508 keep_in_target
= 1;
12512 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12513 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12514 remove its target-side condition. */
12516 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12517 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12518 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12519 this one from the target. */
12521 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12522 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12525 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12526 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12529 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12531 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12533 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12534 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12535 supported, but the latter are. */
12536 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12538 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12539 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12542 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12543 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12545 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12546 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12548 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12549 keep_in_target
= 1;
12557 if (!keep_in_target
)
12559 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12561 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12562 this location on the global list, and try to
12563 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12564 reason why we will succeed next time.
12566 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12567 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12568 only after calling us. */
12569 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12570 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12571 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12579 if (removed
&& non_stop
12580 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12581 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12583 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12584 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12585 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12586 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12587 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12588 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12589 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12590 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12591 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12592 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12593 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12594 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12595 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12596 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12599 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12600 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12602 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12603 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12604 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12605 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12606 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12607 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12608 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12609 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12610 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12611 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12612 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12613 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12614 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12617 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12618 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12619 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12620 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12622 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12623 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12624 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12625 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12626 traps we can no longer explain. */
12628 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12629 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12631 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12635 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12636 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12641 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12642 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12643 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12644 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12645 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12646 are sorted first for the same address.
12648 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12649 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12651 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12652 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12653 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12654 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12655 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12657 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12659 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12662 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12663 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12664 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12665 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12666 `struct bp_location'. */
12667 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12669 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12670 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12674 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12675 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12676 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12677 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12678 "actually inserted"));
12680 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12681 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12682 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12683 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12684 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12685 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12687 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12689 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12690 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12691 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12693 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12694 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12696 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12698 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12699 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12700 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12706 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12707 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12708 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12710 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12711 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12713 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12714 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12716 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12717 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12718 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12719 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12720 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12723 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12724 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12725 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12728 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12731 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12732 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12733 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12735 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12740 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12742 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12746 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12748 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12751 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12752 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12754 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12755 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12761 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12763 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12765 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12766 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12769 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12772 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12776 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12777 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12779 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12780 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12781 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12785 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12787 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12789 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12791 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12795 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12799 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12801 struct value_print_options opts
;
12803 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12805 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12807 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12809 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12813 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
12815 printf_filtered (" at ");
12816 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12819 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
12821 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12823 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12824 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12825 symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
),
12826 b
->loc
->line_number
);
12828 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12829 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12830 real situation somewhat. */
12831 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12836 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12838 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12840 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12845 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12848 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12850 xfree (self
->cond
);
12851 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12852 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12853 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12855 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.conditions
);
12856 VEC_free (agent_expr_p
, self
->target_info
.tcommands
);
12859 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12864 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12868 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12870 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12871 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12872 xfree (self
->extra_string
);
12873 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12874 xfree (self
->filter
);
12875 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12878 static struct bp_location
*
12879 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12881 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12883 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12884 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12889 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12891 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12894 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12895 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12898 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12900 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12904 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12906 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12910 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12911 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12913 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12915 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12919 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12924 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12928 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12930 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12933 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12937 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12939 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12942 static enum print_stop_action
12943 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12945 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12949 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12950 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12956 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12958 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12962 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12964 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12968 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12969 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12970 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12974 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12978 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12979 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12981 char *extra_string
,
12982 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12983 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12985 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12986 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12987 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12988 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12990 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12994 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12995 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12997 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
13000 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
13003 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
13008 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
13011 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13013 /* Nothing to do. */
13016 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
13018 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
13019 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
13020 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
13021 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
13022 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
13023 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
13024 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
13025 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
13026 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
13027 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
13029 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
13030 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
13031 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
13032 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
13033 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
13034 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
13035 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
13036 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
13039 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
13042 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13044 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
13045 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
13047 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
13048 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13052 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13056 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13058 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13059 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
13062 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
13067 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13069 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
13070 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13072 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
13076 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13077 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13078 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13080 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
13081 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
13084 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
13088 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
13089 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13090 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13097 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13099 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13104 static enum print_stop_action
13105 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13107 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13108 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13110 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13112 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13114 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13115 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13117 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13118 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13119 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13122 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13124 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13126 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13127 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13129 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13130 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13131 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13133 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13134 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13136 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13140 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13142 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13147 case bp_breakpoint
:
13148 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13149 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13150 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13152 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13153 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13154 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13155 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13157 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13158 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13161 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13169 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13171 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13172 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13173 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13174 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13175 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13176 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13177 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13178 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13179 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13181 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13182 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13184 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13185 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13189 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13190 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13191 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13192 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13194 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13195 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13199 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13200 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13202 char *extra_string
,
13203 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13204 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13206 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13207 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13208 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13209 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13211 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13212 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13214 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13215 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13216 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13220 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13221 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13223 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13226 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13229 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13233 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13234 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13235 case bp_overlay_event
:
13236 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13237 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13238 case bp_exception_master
:
13239 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13242 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13243 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13244 case bp_shlib_event
:
13246 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13247 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13248 case bp_thread_event
:
13254 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13256 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13258 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13259 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13260 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13261 objects (among other things). */
13262 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13263 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13269 static enum print_stop_action
13270 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13272 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13274 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13278 case bp_shlib_event
:
13279 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13280 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13281 to shlib event" message.) */
13282 print_solib_event (0);
13285 case bp_thread_event
:
13286 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13287 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13288 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13291 case bp_overlay_event
:
13292 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13293 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13296 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13297 /* These should never be enabled. */
13298 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13301 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13302 /* These should never be enabled. */
13303 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13304 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13307 case bp_exception_master
:
13308 /* These should never be enabled. */
13309 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13310 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13314 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13318 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13320 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13323 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13326 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13328 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13329 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
13330 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13331 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13335 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13337 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13340 static enum print_stop_action
13341 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13343 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13345 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13347 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13352 ui_out_field_string
13354 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13358 ui_out_field_string
13360 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13365 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13369 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13371 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13374 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13376 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13377 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13380 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13382 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13385 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13387 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13390 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13393 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13395 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13399 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13401 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13410 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13412 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13413 bl
->probe
.probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.probe
,
13417 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13421 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13422 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13423 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13424 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13426 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13428 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13430 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13431 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13433 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13437 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13438 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13440 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13442 error (_("probe not found"));
13445 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13448 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13450 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13454 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13455 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13456 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13458 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13464 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13465 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13467 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13468 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13470 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13472 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13473 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13474 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13475 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13480 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13482 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13487 case bp_tracepoint
:
13488 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13489 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13491 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13492 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13493 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13495 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13496 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13497 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13500 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13501 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13508 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13510 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13512 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13513 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13514 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13515 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13516 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13517 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13519 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13520 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13522 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13523 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13525 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13526 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13530 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13531 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13532 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13533 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13535 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13536 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13540 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13541 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13543 char *extra_string
,
13544 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13545 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13547 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13548 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13549 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13550 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13552 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13553 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13555 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13556 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13557 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13561 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13562 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13564 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13567 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13569 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13573 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13574 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13575 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13576 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13578 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13579 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13580 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13584 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13585 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13587 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13588 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13591 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13593 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
13596 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13598 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13600 /* This breakpoint could have been pending, and be resolved now, and
13601 if so, we should now have the extra string. If we don't, the
13602 dprintf was malformed when created, but we couldn't tell because
13603 we can't extract the extra string until the location is
13605 if (b
->loc
!= NULL
&& b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
13606 error (_("Format string required"));
13608 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
13609 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
13610 3 - disconnect from target 1
13611 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
13613 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
13614 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
13615 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
13616 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
13617 it all the time. */
13618 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13619 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
13622 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
13625 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13627 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s%s", tp
->addr_string
,
13629 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13632 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
13635 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
13636 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
13637 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
13638 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
13639 address are all handled. */
13642 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstats
*bs
)
13644 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13645 struct bpstats tmp_bs
= { NULL
};
13646 struct bpstats
*tmp_bs_p
= &tmp_bs
;
13648 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
13649 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
13650 condition not be evaluated. */
13653 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
13654 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
13655 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
13656 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
13657 commands here throws. */
13658 tmp_bs
.commands
= bs
->commands
;
13659 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
13660 old_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&tmp_bs
.commands
);
13662 bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tmp_bs_p
);
13664 /* 'tmp_bs.commands' will usually be NULL by now, but
13665 bpstat_do_actions_1 may return early without processing the whole
13667 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
13670 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13674 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13675 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13676 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13677 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13679 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13681 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13683 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13685 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13686 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13687 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13691 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13692 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13694 char *extra_string
,
13695 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13696 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13698 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13699 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13700 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13701 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13704 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
,
13705 canonical
->sals
, 0);
13707 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13708 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13709 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13710 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13711 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13712 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13714 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13716 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13717 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13718 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13721 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13722 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13724 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13725 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13727 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13728 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13730 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13731 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13732 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13733 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13734 canonical
->special_display
);
13735 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13736 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13737 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13738 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13739 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13740 corresponds to this one */
13741 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13743 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13745 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13750 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13751 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13753 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13755 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13756 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13758 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13762 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13765 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13768 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13770 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13773 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13777 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13779 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13781 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13783 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13784 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13787 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13788 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13789 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13790 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13791 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13794 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13795 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13796 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13797 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13799 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13802 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13803 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13804 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13806 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13807 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13809 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13810 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13811 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13812 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13816 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13818 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13819 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13820 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13821 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13822 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13825 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13826 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13827 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13828 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13830 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13832 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13833 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13835 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13836 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13838 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13842 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13844 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13845 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13846 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13847 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13848 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13849 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13850 commands won't work. */
13852 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13854 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13855 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13856 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13857 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13858 might be better design to have location completely
13859 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13860 update_global_location_list (0);
13862 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13863 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13864 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13865 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13870 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13872 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13876 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13878 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13881 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13882 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13885 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13886 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13890 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13895 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13897 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13898 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13900 if (next
== related
)
13902 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13903 function (related
, data
);
13905 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13906 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13911 function (related
, data
);
13915 while (related
!= b
);
13919 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13921 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13924 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13925 delete_breakpoint. */
13928 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13930 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13934 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13936 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13942 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13944 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13945 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13946 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13947 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13948 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13950 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13954 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13956 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13958 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13959 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13960 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13964 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13968 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13970 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13971 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13972 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13977 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13978 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13979 Null names are ignored. */
13982 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13984 struct bp_location
*l
;
13985 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13986 (int (*) (const void *,
13987 const void *)) streq
,
13988 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13990 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13993 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13995 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13999 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
14001 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
14005 htab_delete (htab
);
14011 htab_delete (htab
);
14015 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
14016 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
14017 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
14018 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
14019 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
14020 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
14021 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
14022 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
14025 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
14026 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
14027 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
14028 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
14029 in the sources, and output a warning.
14031 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
14032 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
14033 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
14034 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
14035 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
14038 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
14039 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
14040 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
14041 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
14042 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
14043 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
14044 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
14045 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
14046 precisely because it confuses tools). */
14048 static struct symtab_and_line
14049 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
14051 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14052 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
14057 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
14059 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
14061 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
14062 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
14064 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
14066 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14067 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
14068 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
14073 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
14075 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
14077 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
14078 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
14080 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
14083 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14085 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
14087 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
14088 struct symbol
*sym
;
14089 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
14090 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14092 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
14094 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14095 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
14097 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
14098 "found at previous line number"),
14099 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
14103 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
14105 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
14106 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
14107 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
14110 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
14111 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
14112 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
14114 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file",
14115 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
14116 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
14118 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
14120 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
14122 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
14125 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
14126 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
14128 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
14129 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
14131 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
14132 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
14133 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
14134 b
->loc
->line_number
);
14136 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
14139 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
14145 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
14146 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
14149 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
14153 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
14156 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
14159 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14166 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14172 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14173 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14174 a ranged breakpoint. */
14177 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14178 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14179 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14182 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14184 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14186 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14188 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14189 update_global_location_list (1);
14190 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14191 "multiple locations found\n"),
14196 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14197 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14198 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14199 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14200 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14201 individual locations. */
14202 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14207 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14209 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14211 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14213 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14215 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14217 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14220 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14222 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14223 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14225 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14226 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14231 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14232 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14233 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14234 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14238 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14240 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14242 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14246 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14247 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14248 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14250 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14253 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14254 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14255 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14256 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14257 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14258 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14259 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14261 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14263 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14265 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14266 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14268 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14269 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14277 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14278 if (l
->function_name
14279 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14289 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14290 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14292 update_global_location_list (1);
14295 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14296 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14298 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14299 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14302 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14303 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14305 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14308 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14310 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14314 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14315 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14316 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14317 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14318 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14319 state, then user already saw the message about that
14320 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14322 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14323 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14324 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14325 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14326 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14327 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14329 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14331 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14332 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14333 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14334 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14335 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14336 which approach is better. */
14337 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14338 throw_exception (e
);
14342 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14346 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14347 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14348 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14350 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14353 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14354 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14357 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14358 b
->thread
= thread
;
14361 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14362 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14365 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14366 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14376 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14377 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14381 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14384 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14385 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14386 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14388 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14391 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14395 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14397 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14400 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14401 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14405 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14408 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14409 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14412 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14413 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14414 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14415 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14417 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14420 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14421 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14425 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14426 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14428 char *extra_string
,
14429 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14430 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14432 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14433 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14434 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14435 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14437 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14439 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14440 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14441 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14444 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14445 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14448 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14449 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14451 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14453 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14454 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14455 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14456 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14459 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14460 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14462 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14464 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14466 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14467 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14468 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14470 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14473 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14476 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14478 static struct cleanup
*
14479 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14481 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14483 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14484 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14485 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14486 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14487 set_language (b
->language
);
14492 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14493 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14494 Unused in this case. */
14497 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14499 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14500 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14501 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14503 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14504 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14505 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14509 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14511 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14513 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14514 enum language save_language
;
14515 int save_input_radix
;
14516 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14518 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14519 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14520 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14522 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14524 /* Format possible error msg. */
14525 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14527 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14528 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14529 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14531 set_language (save_language
);
14532 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14534 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14536 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14538 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14539 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14540 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14541 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14544 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14546 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14547 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14549 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14551 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14553 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14554 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14556 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14557 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14558 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14560 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14564 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14565 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14566 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14569 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14571 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14576 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14577 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14579 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14581 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14582 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14587 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14591 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14592 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14594 else if (count
== 1)
14595 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14598 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14599 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14602 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14606 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14609 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14612 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14618 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14620 num
= get_number (&p
);
14622 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14624 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14626 set_ignore_count (num
,
14627 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14630 printf_filtered ("\n");
14633 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14634 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14637 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14642 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14644 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14647 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14649 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14651 while (!state
.finished
)
14653 char *p
= state
.string
;
14657 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14660 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14664 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14665 if (b
->number
== num
)
14668 function (b
, data
);
14672 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14677 static struct bp_location
*
14678 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14680 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14684 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14685 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14690 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14692 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14694 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14695 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14700 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14701 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14704 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14706 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14710 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14713 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14719 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14720 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14721 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14724 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14726 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14727 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14728 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14729 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14732 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14733 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14736 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14738 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14739 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14741 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14742 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14744 struct bp_location
*location
;
14746 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14747 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14750 update_global_location_list (0);
14752 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14755 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14758 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14760 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14763 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14764 disable_breakpoint. */
14767 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14769 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14773 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14777 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14779 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14780 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14781 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14785 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14789 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14791 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14798 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14800 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14801 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14802 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14803 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14805 update_global_location_list (0);
14808 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14809 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14815 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14818 int target_resources_ok
;
14820 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14823 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14824 target_resources_ok
=
14825 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14827 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14828 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14829 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14830 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14833 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14835 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14836 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14837 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14839 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14841 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14843 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14844 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14845 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14849 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14850 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14856 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14857 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14859 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14861 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14862 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14864 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14865 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14867 struct bp_location
*location
;
14869 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14870 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14873 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14874 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14875 update_global_location_list (1);
14877 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14882 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14884 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14888 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14890 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14893 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14894 enable_breakpoint. */
14897 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14899 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14902 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14903 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14904 in stopping the inferior. */
14907 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14911 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14913 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14914 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14915 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14919 char *num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14923 if (strchr (num
, '.'))
14925 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (num
);
14932 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14934 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14935 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14936 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14937 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14939 update_global_location_list (1);
14942 map_breakpoint_numbers (num
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14943 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
14948 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14958 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14960 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14962 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14966 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14968 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14970 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14974 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14976 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14980 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14982 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14984 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14988 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14990 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14992 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14996 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14998 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
15000 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
15004 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15006 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15010 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15015 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15019 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
15020 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
15024 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
15025 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
15026 const bfd_byte
*data
)
15028 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15030 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15031 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
15032 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
15034 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
15036 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
15038 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15040 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
15041 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
15042 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
15043 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
15045 value_free (wp
->val
);
15053 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
15054 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
15055 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
15056 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
15060 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15061 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
15063 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
15065 bp_tgt
= XCNEW (struct bp_target_info
);
15067 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
15068 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
15070 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
15072 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
15080 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
15081 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
15084 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
15086 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
15089 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
15095 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
15098 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
15099 struct address_space
*aspace
,
15104 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
15106 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
15107 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
15111 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
15112 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
15113 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
15116 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
15117 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
15118 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
15119 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
15120 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
15121 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
15123 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
15124 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
15125 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
15126 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
15129 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
15130 were inserted or not. */
15133 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
15135 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
15136 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
15139 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
15142 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15144 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
15146 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
15148 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
15149 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
15150 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
15151 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
15153 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
15155 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
15156 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
15157 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
15158 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
15162 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
15163 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
15164 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
15168 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15172 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15173 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15175 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15176 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
15177 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
15181 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15185 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15189 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15190 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15191 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
15192 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15195 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15199 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15204 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15206 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
15208 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
15209 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
15217 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15218 non-zero otherwise. */
15220 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15222 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15223 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15224 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15231 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15233 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15234 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15236 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15240 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15242 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15244 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15245 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15247 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15249 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15253 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15255 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15265 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15266 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15267 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15268 const char *text
, const char *word
)
15270 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15271 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15272 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15278 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15280 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15282 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15284 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15285 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15289 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15291 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15292 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15294 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15295 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15297 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15299 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15301 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15303 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15304 0 /* Ignore count */,
15305 pending_break_support
,
15309 0 /* internal */, 0);
15313 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15315 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15317 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15319 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15320 0 /* Ignore count */,
15321 pending_break_support
,
15322 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15325 0 /* internal */, 0);
15328 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15331 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15333 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15335 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15336 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15337 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15338 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15340 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15342 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15344 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15346 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15347 0 /* Ignore count */,
15348 pending_break_support
,
15352 0 /* internal */, 0);
15355 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15356 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15358 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15359 static int next_cmd
;
15362 read_uploaded_action (void)
15366 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15373 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15374 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15375 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15376 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15377 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15379 struct tracepoint
*
15380 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15382 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15383 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15385 if (utp
->at_string
)
15386 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15389 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15390 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15391 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15393 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15394 "source location, using raw address"),
15396 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15397 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15400 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15401 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15402 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15403 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15406 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15408 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15409 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15411 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15412 0 /* Ignore count */,
15413 pending_break_support
,
15414 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15416 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15418 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15421 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15422 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15423 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15427 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15430 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15433 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15434 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15435 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15437 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15439 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15444 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15446 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15448 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15449 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15450 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15451 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15454 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15455 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15456 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15461 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15465 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15467 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15470 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15472 if (num_printed
== 0)
15474 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15475 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15477 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15480 default_collect_info ();
15483 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15484 Not supported by all targets. */
15486 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15488 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15491 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15492 Not supported by all targets. */
15494 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15496 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15499 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15501 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15503 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15509 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15511 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15512 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15513 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15515 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15516 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15518 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15522 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15524 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15526 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15527 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15528 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15532 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15535 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15538 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15540 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15541 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15543 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15544 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15547 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15549 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15550 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15551 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15554 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15556 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15557 unsigned int count
;
15559 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15560 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15561 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15563 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15565 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
15566 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15568 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15570 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15572 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15574 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15576 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15577 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15580 else if (*args
== '\0')
15582 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
15584 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15588 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15590 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15591 while (!state
.finished
)
15593 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
);
15595 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15600 struct tracepoint
*
15601 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15603 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15605 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15606 if (t
->number
== num
)
15607 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15612 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15613 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15616 struct tracepoint
*
15617 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15619 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15621 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15623 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15625 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15632 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15633 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15634 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
15635 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15637 struct tracepoint
*
15638 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15639 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
)
15641 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15643 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15647 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15648 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15650 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15651 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15653 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15657 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15658 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15661 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
15665 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15666 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15668 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15671 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15676 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15678 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15679 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15682 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15684 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15687 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15688 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15689 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15693 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15694 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15696 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15698 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15699 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15700 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15702 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15703 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15705 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15706 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15708 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15709 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15712 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15713 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15718 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15720 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15722 /* We can stop searching. */
15729 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15733 filename
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15734 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, filename
);
15735 fp
= gdb_fopen (filename
, "w");
15737 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15738 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15739 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15741 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15742 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15744 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15746 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15747 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15750 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15751 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15754 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15756 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15757 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15760 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15761 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15763 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15764 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15766 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
15768 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15770 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15772 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15773 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15775 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15777 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15780 throw_exception (ex
);
15782 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15785 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15786 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15788 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15789 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15790 special, and not user visible. */
15791 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15793 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15796 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15798 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15802 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15803 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15806 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15807 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15810 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15813 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15815 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15818 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15821 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15823 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15826 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15828 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15829 all_tracepoints (void)
15831 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15832 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15834 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15836 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15843 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15844 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15845 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15847 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15848 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15849 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15850 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15851 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15852 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15853 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15854 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15855 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15856 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15857 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15859 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15860 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15862 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15863 conditions are different.\n\
15865 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15867 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15868 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15870 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15871 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15874 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15875 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15876 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15877 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15878 void *user_data_catch
,
15879 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15881 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15883 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15885 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15886 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15887 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15889 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15891 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15892 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15893 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15897 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15899 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15900 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15902 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15903 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15904 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15908 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15910 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15911 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15912 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15915 struct breakpoint
*
15916 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15919 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15921 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15923 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15930 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15931 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15934 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15936 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15937 non-inline function. */
15938 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15944 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15945 have been inlined. */
15948 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15949 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15951 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15952 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15956 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15959 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15961 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15962 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15970 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
15973 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
15975 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
15977 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
15978 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile
== objfile
)
15979 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
15983 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15985 static int initialized
= 0;
15987 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15993 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15994 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15995 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15996 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15997 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15998 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15999 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
16000 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
16001 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
16002 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
16003 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16004 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
16006 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
16007 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16008 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16009 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
16010 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16011 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16012 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16013 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
16015 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
16016 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
16017 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16018 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
16019 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
16020 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
16021 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
16022 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
16023 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
16024 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
16026 /* Internal breakpoints. */
16027 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
16028 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16029 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
16030 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
16031 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
16032 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
16034 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
16035 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16036 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16037 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
16038 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
16039 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
16040 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
16042 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
16043 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
16044 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
16045 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
16047 /* Probe breakpoints. */
16048 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16049 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
16050 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
16051 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
16052 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16053 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
16056 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16057 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16058 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
16059 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
16060 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
16061 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
16062 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
16063 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
16064 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
16065 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
16066 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
16067 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
16068 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
16069 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
16071 /* Masked watchpoints. */
16072 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16073 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16074 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
16075 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
16076 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
16077 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
16078 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
16079 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
16080 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
16081 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
16084 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16085 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16086 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
16087 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
16088 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
16089 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
16090 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
16091 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
16092 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16093 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
16095 /* Probe tracepoints. */
16096 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
16097 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16098 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
16099 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
16101 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
16102 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
16103 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
16104 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
16105 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
16106 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
16108 /* Fork catchpoints. */
16109 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
16110 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16111 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
16112 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
16113 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
16114 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
16115 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
16116 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
16117 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
16119 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
16120 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
16121 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16122 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
16123 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
16124 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
16125 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
16126 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
16127 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
16128 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
16130 /* Exec catchpoints. */
16131 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
16132 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16133 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
16134 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
16135 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
16136 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
16137 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
16138 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
16139 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
16140 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
16142 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
16143 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
16144 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16145 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
16146 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
16147 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
16148 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
16149 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
16150 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
16151 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
16152 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
16154 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
16155 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
16156 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
16157 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
16158 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
16159 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
16160 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
16161 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
16162 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
16163 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
16164 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
16165 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
16167 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
16168 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
16169 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
16170 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
16171 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
16172 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
16173 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
16174 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
16177 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16179 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16182 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16184 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16186 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16188 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16189 observer_attach_free_objfile (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
);
16190 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16191 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16193 breakpoint_objfile_key
16194 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16196 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16197 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16198 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16200 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16201 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16202 before a breakpoint is set. */
16203 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16205 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16207 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16208 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16209 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16211 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16213 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16214 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16215 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16216 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16217 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16218 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16219 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16220 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16222 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16223 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16224 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16225 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16226 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16228 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16229 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16230 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16231 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16232 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16234 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16235 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16237 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16238 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16239 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16240 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16242 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16243 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16245 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16246 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16247 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16248 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16250 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16251 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16253 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16254 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16255 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16256 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16257 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16258 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16259 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16261 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16262 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16263 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16264 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16265 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16266 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16268 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16270 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16271 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16272 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16273 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16274 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16275 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16277 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16278 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16279 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16282 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16283 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16284 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16287 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16288 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16289 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16290 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16293 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16294 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16295 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16298 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16299 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16300 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16303 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16304 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16305 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16306 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16309 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16310 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16311 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16312 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16313 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16314 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16315 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16316 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16318 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16319 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16320 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16321 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16322 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16324 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16325 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16326 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16327 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16328 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16329 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16332 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16333 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16334 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16335 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16337 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16338 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16339 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16340 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16341 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16343 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16344 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16345 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16346 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16348 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16349 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16350 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16351 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16352 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16355 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16356 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16357 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16358 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16359 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16360 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16362 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16363 is executing in.\n\
16365 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16366 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16368 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16369 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16370 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16371 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16373 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16374 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16375 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16376 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16379 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16383 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16384 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16385 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16386 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16387 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16388 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16389 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16390 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16391 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16392 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16393 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16394 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16395 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16396 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16397 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16398 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16400 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16401 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16402 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16403 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16404 breakpoint set."));
16407 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16408 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16409 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16410 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16411 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16412 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16413 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16414 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16415 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16417 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16418 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16419 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16420 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16421 breakpoint set."));
16423 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16426 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16427 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16428 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16429 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16430 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16431 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16432 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16433 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16434 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16436 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16437 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16438 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16439 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16440 breakpoint set."));
16442 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16443 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16444 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16445 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16446 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16447 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16448 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16449 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16450 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16451 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16452 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16453 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16454 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16456 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16457 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16458 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16459 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16461 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16463 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16464 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16465 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16466 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16468 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16469 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16470 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16471 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16473 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16474 catch_fork_command_1
,
16476 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16477 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16478 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16479 catch_fork_command_1
,
16481 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16482 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16483 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16484 catch_exec_command_1
,
16488 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16489 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16490 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16491 catch_load_command_1
,
16495 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16496 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16497 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16498 catch_unload_command_1
,
16502 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16503 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16504 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16505 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16506 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16507 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16508 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16509 catch_syscall_completer
,
16513 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16514 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16515 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16516 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16517 an expression changes.\n\
16518 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16519 the memory to which it refers."));
16520 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16522 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16523 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16524 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16525 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16526 an expression is read.\n\
16527 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16528 the memory to which it refers."));
16529 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16531 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16532 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16533 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16534 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16535 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16536 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16537 the memory to which it refers."));
16538 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16540 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16541 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16543 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16544 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16545 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16546 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16547 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16548 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16549 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16550 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16551 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16554 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16555 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16557 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16559 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16561 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16562 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16564 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16565 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16566 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16568 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16569 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16570 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16571 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16573 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16574 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16576 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16577 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16578 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16580 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16581 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16583 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16584 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16585 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16586 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16587 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16588 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16589 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16590 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16591 the selected stack frame.\n\
16592 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16593 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16594 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16595 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16597 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16599 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16600 conditions are different.\n\
16602 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16603 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16604 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16606 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16607 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16608 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16609 last tracepoint set."));
16611 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16613 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16614 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16615 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16616 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16618 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16620 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16621 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16622 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16623 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16625 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16627 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16628 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16629 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16630 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16632 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16634 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16635 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16636 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16637 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16638 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16640 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16641 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16642 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16643 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16645 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16646 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16647 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16648 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16649 session to restore them."),
16651 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16653 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16654 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16655 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16657 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16659 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16660 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16662 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16663 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16664 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16665 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16666 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16667 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16668 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16669 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16670 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16671 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16672 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16673 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16675 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16676 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16677 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16678 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16679 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16680 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16681 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16682 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16684 show_pending_break_support
,
16685 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16686 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16688 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16690 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16691 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16692 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16693 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16694 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16695 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16696 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16698 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16699 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16700 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16702 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16703 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16704 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16705 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16706 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16707 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16708 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16709 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16710 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16711 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16712 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16713 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16715 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16716 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16717 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16719 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16720 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16721 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16722 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16723 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16724 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16725 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16726 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16727 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16728 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16729 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16730 be set to \"gdb\""),
16731 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16732 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16733 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16734 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16736 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16737 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16738 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16739 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16740 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16741 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16742 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16743 or the start of the range\n\
16744 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16745 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16746 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16748 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16749 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16750 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16752 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16753 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16754 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16755 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16756 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16757 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function."));
16758 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16760 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16761 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16762 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16763 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16764 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16765 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16766 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16767 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16768 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16769 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16770 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16771 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16773 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16774 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16775 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16776 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16777 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16778 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16779 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16781 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16782 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16783 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16784 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16785 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16786 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16787 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16789 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16790 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16791 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16792 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16793 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16794 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16797 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16799 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16800 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16801 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16803 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16805 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);
16806 observer_attach_thread_exit (remove_threaded_breakpoints
);